Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

137
TEKS Alignment For Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi Reimer TEKS Alignment by Gina Graham

Transcript of Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Page 1: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

TEKS Alignment

For

Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi Reimer

TEKS Alignment by Gina Graham

Page 2: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Dear Teachers,

The TEKS alignment for Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning is intended to support teachers as they plan for writing instruction. The TEKS shown for

each lesson follows the lesson as it is presented (“Activity for your class” and “Challenge for students”). However, as the classroom teacher you may decide to

extend the lesson by completing the writing process. Below are the TEKS for each stage of the writing process. It is important for students to write each day,

coupled with regular opportunities to revise, edit and publish their work. The lessons are “Fun-Size” because writing is (and should be) FUN!

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

3.17D & 4.15D edit drafts for grammar, mechanics, and spelling using a teacher-developed rubric

5.15D, 6.14D, 7.14D, 8.14D Eng. I 13D, Eng. II 13D, Eng. III 13D & Eng. IV 13D edit drafts for grammar, mechanics, and spelling

3.17E publish written work for a specific audience

4. 15E revise final draft in response to feedback from peers and teacher and publish written work for a specific audience

5.15E, 6.14E, 7.14E, 7.14E, 8.14E, Eng. I 13E, Eng. II 13E, Eng. III 13E & Eng. IV 13E revise final draft in response to feedback from peers and teacher and publish written work for appropriate audiences

Page 3: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Teachers will also find that many of the writing lessons also include corresponding reading TEKS. When reading, students learn about text structures and the

ways authors communicate with readers. Reading comprehension strategies builds background knowledge that writers use when crafting their own writing.

Below is a list of lessons that partner with the reading comprehension strategies found in Figure 19.

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Fun-Size Lessons

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, and evaluative questions of text

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, evaluative, and universal questions of text Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

40, 46, 59, 61, 68, 84

Fig. 19 (C) monitor and adjust comprehension (e.g., using background knowledge, creating sensory images, rereading a portion aloud, generating questions)

Fig. 19 (C) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., summarizing and synthesizing; making textual, personal, and world connections; creating sensory images

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking question, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

83

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text using textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences (e.g., inductive and deductive) about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

81, 88, 89, 91, 92

Fig. 19 (E) summarize information in text, maintaining meaning and logical order

Fig. 19 (E) summarize and paraphrase texts in ways that maintain meaning and logical order within a text and across texts

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images) 80

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between literary and informational texts with similar ideas and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between and across multiple texts of various genres and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections between and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make intertextual links among and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

38, 53, 56, 63, 67, 71, 80

In addition to the writing TEKS for each lesson, additional TEKS are listed for many of the writing lessons (including reading, media literacy, research and

listening/speaking). How the teacher chooses to present the lesson and the final product will determine which TEKS should be included in lesson plans.

Page 4: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 1: Color It Up Grade Level TEKS 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly

identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C, Eng. II 17C, Eng. III 17C, & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

4.21C(ii) quotation marks

5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

eper

s:

Les

son

57.

Pu

nct

uat

ing

Dia

logu

e-C

hic

ken

Dan

ce

Les

son

76.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g A

ctio

ns

Les

son

78.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g B

a-D

a-B

ing

Les

son

80.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g D

escr

ipti

on

s

Les

son

81.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g So

un

ds

Les

son

82.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g Sm

ells

/Tas

tes

Page 5: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 2: Sprinkle Writing with Humor

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly

identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C, Eng. II 17C, Eng. III 17C, & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

4.21C(ii) quotation marks

5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

eper

s:

Les

son

57.

Pu

nct

uat

ing

Dia

logu

e-C

hic

ken

Dan

ce

Les

son

74

. P

arag

rap

h O

verh

aul

Les

son

93

. In

terj

ecti

on

s

Page 6: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 3: Adding Movement and Sound to Animate a Piece

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

4.15E revise final draft in response to feedback from peers and teacher and publish written work for a specific audience

5.15E, 6.14E, 7.14E, 8.14E & Eng. I-Eng. IV 13E

revise final draft in response to feedback from peers and teacher and publish written work for appropriate audiences

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity. 3.22A(I) & 4.20A(i) verbs (past, present, future) 5.20A(i) verbs (irregular

verbs and active voice) 6.19A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active and passive voice)

7.19A(i) & 8.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

Eng. I 17A(i) & Eng. II 17A(i) more complex active and passive tenses and verbals (gerunds, infinitives, participles)

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C, Eng. II 17C, Eng. III 17C, & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

4.21C(ii) quotation marks

5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

Less

on

76.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g A

ctio

ns

Less

on

81.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g So

un

ds

Page 7: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 4: Using Asides

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly

identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Asi

des

are

no

t in

clu

ded

in t

he

TEK

S.

Ho

we

ver,

wh

en s

tud

ents

are

wri

tin

g, o

r re

visi

ng

a p

iece

of

wri

tin

g, a

sid

es c

an b

e ad

de

d t

o g

ive

the

hid

den

ad

dit

ion

al in

sigh

t in

to t

he

tho

ugh

ts o

f th

e w

rite

r. A

fter

rea

din

g an

d d

iscu

ssin

g A

nje

lica’

s p

iece

on

pag

e 2

1, e

nco

ura

ge s

tud

ents

to

try

add

ing

on

e o

r m

ore

asi

des

wh

ile d

raft

ing

and

/or

revi

sin

g th

eir

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng.

Page 8: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 5: Combining Rhetorical Devices: Cataloguing and Repetition

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly

identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Cat

alo

guin

g an

d r

epet

itio

n a

re n

ot

incl

ud

ed in

th

e TE

KS.

Th

e u

se o

f th

ese

wri

tin

g d

evic

es m

ake

the

read

er f

eel l

ike

he/

she

are

“rig

ht

ther

e” w

ith

th

e w

rite

r. A

fter

rea

din

g A

shle

a’s

pie

ce o

n p

age

23, w

ork

wit

h s

tud

ents

to

rev

ise

a p

iece

of

thei

r u

sin

g

cata

logu

ing

and

rep

etit

ion

.

Page 9: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 6: Using Literary Characters to Write Fiction

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Theme and Genre. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about theme and genre in different cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding. 3.5A paraphrase the themes and supporting details of fables, legends, myths, or stories

4.3A summarize and explain the lesson or message of a work of fiction as its theme

5.3A compare and contrast the themes or moral lessons of several works of fiction from various cultures

6.3A infer the implicit theme of a work of fiction, distinguishing theme from the topic

7.3A describe multiple themes in a work of fiction

8.3A analyze literary works that share similar themes across cultures

Eng. I 2A analyze how the genre of texts with similar themes shapes meaning

Eng. II 2A compare and contrast differences in similar themes expressed in different time periods

Eng. III 2A analyze the way in which the theme or meaning of a selections represents a view or comment on the human condition

Eng. IV 2A compare and contrast works of literature that express a universal theme

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing. 3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng.

IV 1

4A is

th

e o

nly

TEK

S in

th

e w

riti

ng

stra

nd

th

at in

clu

des

th

eme

in t

he

SE (

stu

den

t ex

pec

tati

on

). H

ow

eve

r, t

he

me

is f

ou

nd

in t

he

read

ing

stra

nd

: R

ead

ing/

Co

mp

reh

ensi

on

of

Lite

rary

Tex

t/ T

hem

e an

d G

enre

. W

hen

stu

den

ts a

re a

ble

to

iden

tify

th

e th

eme

in a

rea

din

g se

lect

ion

, th

is c

an b

e a

bri

dge

fo

r in

clu

din

g th

eme

(m

ora

l or

tru

ism

) in

th

eir

wri

tin

g.

Page 10: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 7: Using Specific Language From a Special Setting

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing. 3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

4.20C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

5.20C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly

identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Bef

ore

stu

den

ts b

egin

wri

tin

g, w

ork

wit

h s

tud

ents

to

iden

tify

th

e d

ram

atic

mo

men

t th

ey w

ill w

rite

abo

ut.

It

may

be

nec

essa

ry t

o id

enti

fy s

om

e ke

y vo

cab

ula

ry w

ord

s. T

his

less

on

co

uld

be

use

d t

o

sup

po

rt r

ead

ing/

rese

arch

rel

ated

to

un

its

of

stu

dy

in s

oci

al s

tud

ies.

Page 11: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 8: Using Varied Sentence Openers to Create Rhythm and Flow

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

4.20C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

5.20C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly

identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

Less

on

48.

Co

mm

as A

fter

Beg

inn

ing

Ph

rase

s/C

lau

ses

Less

on

84.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g P

arti

cip

ial P

hra

ses

Less

on

91.

Pre

po

siti

on

s

Less

on

94.

Sen

ten

ce P

atte

rns

Page 12: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 9: Using Precise Language to Create Visual Snapshots

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Sen

sory

Lan

guag

e is

fo

un

d in

th

e re

adin

g st

ran

d:

Rea

din

g/C

om

pre

hen

sio

n o

f Li

tera

ry T

ext/

Sen

sory

Lan

guag

e.

Su

gges

ted

Pai

rin

gs -

R

efer

to

Gra

mm

ar K

ee

per

s:

Les

son

78.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g B

a-D

a-B

ing

Les

son

80.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g D

escr

ipti

on

s

Page 13: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 10: Using Foreshadowing to Create Mood

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8A & 4.6A sequence and summarize the plot’s main events and explain their influence on future events

5.5A describe incidents that advance the story or novel, explaining how each incident gives rise to or foreshadows future events

6.6A summarize the elements of plot development (e.g., rising action, turning point, climax, falling action, denouement) in various works of fiction

7.6A explain the influence of the setting on plot development

8.6A analyze linear plot developments (e.g., conflict, rising action, falling action, resolution, subplots) to determine whether and how conflicts are resolved

Eng. I 5A analyze non-linear plot developments (e.g., flashbacks, foreshadowing, sub-plots, parallel plot structures) and compare it to linear plot development

Eng. II 5A analyze isolated scenes and their contribution to the success of the plot as a whole in a variety of works of fiction

Eng. III 5A evaluate how different literary elements (e.g., figurative language, point of view) shape the author’s portrayal of the plot and setting in works of fiction

Eng. IV 5A analyze how complex plot structures (e.g., subplots) and devices (e.g., foreshadowing, flashbacks, suspense) function and advance the action in a work of fiction

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Fore

shad

ow

ing

is f

ou

nd

in t

he

read

ing

stra

nd

: R

ead

ing/

Co

mp

reh

ensi

on

of

Lite

rary

Te

xt/

Fict

ion

.

Sen

sory

Lan

guag

e is

fo

un

d in

th

e re

adin

g st

ran

d:

Rea

din

g/C

om

pre

hen

sio

n o

f Li

tera

ry T

ext/

Sen

sory

Lan

guag

e.

Stu

den

ts w

ill a

pp

ly t

hes

e el

emen

ts o

f au

tho

r’s

craf

t to

th

eir

ow

n w

riti

ng.

Page 14: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 11: Building Suspense in a Narrative Through Questions and Answers

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

S

ugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

L

esso

n 5

7. P

un

ctu

atin

g D

ialo

gue

– C

hic

ken

Dan

ce

Page 15: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 12: Using Participles and Participial Phrases

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

7.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

8.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

Eng. I 17A(i) & Eng. II 17A(i) more complex active and passive tenses and verbals (gerunds, infinitives, participles)

S

ugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

L

esso

n 8

4. P

itch

fork

ing

Usi

ng

Par

tici

pia

l Ph

rase

s

L

esso

n 9

8. P

arti

cip

ial P

hra

ses

Page 16: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 13: Using Variety When Introducing Narrator Thoughts

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases

4.20A(v), 5.19A(v) & 6.19A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases to convey location, time, direction, or provide details

7.19A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases and their influence on subject-verb agreement

7.20B(i) commas after introductory words, phrases, and clauses

8.20B(i) commas after introductory structures and dependent adverbial clauses, and correct punctuation of complex sentences

Eng. I 18B(ii) & Eng. II 18B(i) comma placement in nonrestrictive phrases, clauses, and contrasting expressions

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

S

ugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

L

esso

n 4

8. C

om

mas

Aft

er B

egin

nin

g P

hra

ses/

Cla

use

s

L

esso

n 9

1. P

rep

osi

tio

ns

Les

son

98.

Par

tici

pia

l Ph

rase

s

Page 17: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 14: Using Metaphor to Illuminate a Life Lesson

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 8.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

3.18B & 4.16B write poems that convey sensory details using the conventions of poetry (e.g., rhyme, meter, patterns of verse)

5.16B & 6.15B write poems using: (ii) figurative language (e.g., similes, metaphors)

7.15B & 8.15B write poems using: (ii) figurative language (e.g., personification, idioms, hyperbole)

Eng. II 14B & Eng. II 14B write a poem using a variety of poetic techniques (e.g., structural elements, figurative language) and a variety of poetic forms (e.g., sonnets, ballads)

Eng. III 14B & Eng. IV 14B write a poem that reflects an awareness of poetic conventions and traditions within different forms (e.g., sonnets, ballads, free verse)

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Stu

den

ts n

eed

to

hav

e h

ad p

revi

ou

s in

stru

ctio

n o

n t

he

use

of

met

aph

ors

(m

ento

r se

nte

nce

s/te

xts)

an

d p

ract

ice

wri

tin

g m

eta

ph

ors

bef

ore

wo

rkin

g w

ith

th

is le

sso

n.

Page 18: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 15: Writing Observations

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

The

pla

nn

ing

stag

e o

f th

e d

raft

is im

po

rtan

t to

dev

elo

men

t o

f th

e w

ritt

en d

escr

ipti

on

s.

Stu

den

ts w

ill w

ant

to u

se s

trat

egi

es ,

such

as

tho

se in

clu

ded

lin T

EKS

3.17

A –

En

g. IV

13A

(b

rain

sto

rmin

g, g

rap

hic

org

an

ize

rs, d

iscu

ssio

n, e

tc.)

to

su

pp

ort

th

eir

wri

tin

g. I

t m

ay b

e n

eces

sary

to

beg

in b

y w

riti

ng

sho

rt d

escr

ipti

on

s o

f o

bje

cts

fou

nd

in t

he

clas

sro

om

bef

ore

mo

vin

g to

a lo

nge

r co

mp

osi

tio

n.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their

ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing. 3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Page 19: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 16: Adding Rich Dialogue to a Narrative

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing. 3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity. 4.21C(ii)

quotation marks 5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

eper

s:

Les

son

57.

Pu

nct

uat

ing

Dia

logu

e-C

hic

ken

Dan

ce

Les

son

76.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g A

ctio

ns

Page 20: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 17: Writing From the Point of View of a Fictional Character

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing. 3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Ch

arac

ter

anal

ysis

is f

ou

nd

in t

he

read

ing

stra

nd

: R

ead

ing/

Co

mp

reh

ensi

on

of

Lite

rary

Tex

t/ F

icti

on

.

Stu

den

ts n

eed

to

hav

e m

ult

iple

op

po

rtu

nit

ies

to a

nal

yze

ch

arac

ters

to

un

der

stan

d t

hei

r m

oti

ves

and

un

iqu

e p

ersp

ecti

ve in

th

e co

nte

xt o

f

the

sto

ry.

Aft

er s

tud

ents

hav

e p

ract

iced

th

is w

ith

sto

ries

rea

d in

cla

ss (

and

sel

f-se

lect

ed r

ead

ing)

, stu

den

ts c

an t

hen

wri

te f

rom

th

e p

oin

t

of

view

of

a fi

ctio

nal

ch

arac

ter.

Page 21: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 18: Using Variations of “Said” Grade Level

TEKS 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Teac

her

s m

ay w

ant

to s

har

e m

ento

r se

nte

nce

s an

d m

ento

r te

xts

wit

h s

tud

en

ts t

o p

rovi

de

exam

ple

s o

f va

riat

ion

s o

f “s

aid

” an

d “

aske

d”.

Aft

er s

har

ing

exam

ple

s, c

reat

e a

clas

s an

cho

r ch

art

and

/or

hav

e st

ud

ents

mak

e n

ote

s in

th

eir

wri

tin

g jo

urn

als.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity. 4.21C(ii)

quotation marks

5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Page 22: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 19: Using Depth and Detail to “Explode” a Moment

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing. 3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A & 4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A & 7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

eper

s:

Les

son

78.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g B

a-D

a-B

ing

Les

son

80.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g D

escr

ipti

on

s

Les

son

81.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g So

un

ds

Les

son

82.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g Sm

ells

/Tas

tes

Page 23: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 20: Show How a Character Changes

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 8.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

4.15E revise final draft in response to feedback from peers and teacher and publish written work for a specific audience

5.15E, 6.14E, 7.14E, 8.14E & Eng. I-Eng. IV 13E

revise final draft in response to feedback from peers and teacher and publish written work for appropriate audiences

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A & 4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A & 7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Ch

arac

ter

anal

ysis

is f

ou

nd

in t

he

read

ing

stra

nd

: R

ead

ing/

Co

mp

reh

ensi

on

of

Lite

rary

Tex

t/ F

icti

on

.

Stu

den

ts n

eed

to

hav

e o

pp

ort

un

itie

s to

an

alyz

e c

har

acte

rs in

tex

ts t

hey

are

rea

din

g to

be

able

to

un

der

stan

d h

ow

to

wri

te a

per

son

al n

arra

tive

th

at in

clu

des

ch

ange

ove

r ti

me.

wri

te a

per

son

al n

arra

tive

th

at in

clu

des

ch

ange

ove

r ti

me.

wri

te a

per

son

al n

arra

tive

th

at in

clu

des

ch

ange

ove

r ti

me.

Page 24: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 21: Using Introspection in a Memoir

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Be

rnab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A & 4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A & 7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Ch

arac

ter

anal

ysis

is f

ou

nd

in t

he

read

ing

stra

nd

: R

ead

ing/

Co

mp

reh

ensi

on

of

Lite

rary

Tex

t/ F

icti

on

.

Stu

den

ts n

eed

un

der

stan

d t

hat

in t

his

per

son

al n

arra

tive

, th

ey a

re t

he

mai

n c

har

acte

r o

f th

e co

mp

osi

tio

n, l

ike

a m

ain

char

acte

r in

a s

tory

/bo

ok.

Th

ey w

ill s

ho

w h

ow

th

ey c

han

ged

/dev

elo

ped

ove

r ti

me

in t

he

way

(s)

that

a p

ub

lish

ed

auth

or

sho

ws

char

acte

rs c

han

gin

g o

ver

tim

e.

Page 25: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 22: Using Onomatopoeia as an Organizational Device

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Poetry. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of poetry and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

5.4A analyze how poets use sound effects (e.g., alliteration, internal rhyme, onomatopoeia, rhyme scheme) to reinforce meaning in poems

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 8.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

5.16B & 6.15B write poems using: poetic techniques (e.g., alliteration, onomatopoeia)

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A & 4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A & 7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

On

om

ato

po

eia

is f

ou

nd

in t

he

read

ing

stra

nd

: (

5th

gra

de)

Rea

din

g/C

om

pre

hen

sio

n o

f Li

tera

ry T

ext/

Po

etry

and

th

e w

riti

ng

stra

nd

: (

5th

gra

de)

Wri

tin

g/Li

tera

ry T

exts

. U

se m

ento

r se

nte

nce

s/te

xts

to s

ho

wca

se h

ow

an

d

wh

en o

no

mat

op

oei

a is

use

d t

o s

tren

gth

en a

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng.

Page 26: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 23: Using A Story to Illustrate a Life Lesson

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Theme and Genre. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about theme and genre in different cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding. 3.5A paraphrase the themes and supporting details of fables, legends, myths, or stories

4.3A summarize and explain the lesson or message of a work of fiction as its theme

5.3A compare and contrast the themes or moral lessons of several works of fiction from various cultures

6.3A infer the implicit theme of a work of fiction, distinguishing theme from the topic

7.3A describe multiple themes in a work of fiction

8.3A analyze literary works that share similar themes across cultures

Eng. I 2A analyze how the genre of texts with similar themes shapes meaning

Eng. II 2A compare and contrast differences in similar themes expressed in different time periods

Eng. III 2A analyze the way in which the theme or meaning of a selections represents a view or comment on the human condition

Eng. IV 2A compare and contrast works of literature that express a universal theme

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A & 4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A & 7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Eng.

IV 1

4A is

th

e o

nly

TEK

S in

th

e w

riti

ng

stra

nd

th

at in

clu

des

th

eme

in t

he

SE (

stu

den

t ex

pec

tati

on

). H

ow

eve

r, t

he

me

is f

ou

nd

in

the

read

ing

stra

nd

: R

ead

ing/

Co

mp

reh

ensi

on

of

Lite

rary

Tex

t/ T

he

me

and

Gen

re.

Th

is le

sso

n s

ugg

ests

usi

ng

Aes

op

’s f

able

s as

men

tor

text

s. R

ead

an

d d

iscu

ss t

he

fab

les

pri

or

to t

his

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty s

o t

hat

stu

den

ts u

nd

erst

and

ho

w a

uth

ors

wea

ve t

he

the

me

or

life

less

on

into

th

e co

nte

xt o

f th

e st

ory

.

Page 27: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 24: Combining Action and Back-Story

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Stu

den

ts w

ill w

ant

to r

efer

to

men

tor

text

s to

un

der

stan

d h

ow

au

tho

rs u

se f

ore

shad

ow

ing

and

fla

shb

acks

wit

hin

a s

tory

. Th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

re

lies

on

bri

dgi

ng

wh

at s

tud

ents

kn

ow

ab

ou

t p

lot

de

velo

pm

ent

in r

ead

ing

a te

xt a

nd

wri

tin

g a

sto

ry.

Stu

den

ts s

ho

uld

wri

te a

bo

ut

a to

pic

th

at t

hey

kn

ow

wel

l

eno

ugh

to

be

able

to

pro

vid

e th

e in

form

atio

n n

eces

sary

to

dev

elo

p t

he

bac

k-st

ory

.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8A & 4.6A sequence and summarize the plot’s main events and explain their influence on future events

5.5A describe incidents that advance the story or novel, explaining how each incident gives rise to or foreshadows future events

6.6A summarize the elements of plot development (e.g., rising action, turning point, climax, falling action, denouement) in various works of fiction

7.6A explain the influence of the setting on plot development

8.6A analyze linear plot developments (e.g., conflict, rising action, falling action, resolution, subplots) to determine whether and how conflicts are resolved

Eng. I 5A analyze non-linear plot developments (e.g., flashbacks, foreshadowing, sub-plots, parallel plot structures) and compare it to linear plot development

Eng. II 5A analyze isolated scenes and their contribution to the success of the plot as a whole in a variety of works of fiction

Eng. III 5A evaluate how different literary elements (e.g., figurative language, point of view) shape the author’s portrayal of the plot and setting in works of fiction

Eng. IV 5A analyze how complex plot structures (e.g., subplots) and devices (e.g., foreshadowing, flashbacks, suspense) function and advance the action in a work of fiction

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Page 28: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 25: Showing Conflicting Feelings in a Personal Narrative

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A & 4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A & 7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Ch

arac

ter

anal

ysis

may

be

use

d a

s a

spri

ngb

oar

d f

or

this

wri

tin

g. M

ento

r se

nte

nce

s/te

xts

(cla

ss r

ead

alo

ud

s) w

ill

pro

vid

e co

mm

on

tex

ts f

or

stu

den

ts t

o r

efe

r to

wh

en id

enti

fyin

g p

osi

tive

or

neg

ativ

e fe

elin

gs.

Page 29: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 26: Fleshing Out a Kernel Essay with Dialogue

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

4.21C(ii) quotation marks

5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

eper

s:

Les

son

57.

Pu

nct

uat

ing

Dia

logu

e-C

hic

ken

Dan

ce

Page 30: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 27: Showing How a Character Makes an Important Decision

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Ch

arac

ter

anal

ysis

is im

po

rtan

t to

th

e d

eve

lop

men

t o

f th

is p

iece

of

wri

tin

g.

Du

rin

g th

e p

lan

nin

g an

d d

raft

ing

stag

es o

f th

e w

riti

ng

pro

cess

, stu

den

ts w

ill d

evel

op

th

eir

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng

so t

hat

th

e re

ader

will

un

der

stan

d t

he

stru

ggle

of

the

wri

ter

and

th

e d

ecis

ion

th

at

was

mad

e.

Page 31: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 28: Choosing Vivid Verbs

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(i) verbs (past, present, future)

4.20A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active voice)

5.20A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active voice)

6.19A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active and passive voice)

7.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

8.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

Eng. I & Eng. II 17A more complex active and passive tenses and verbals (gerunds, infinitives, participles)

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

L

esso

n 7

6. P

itch

fork

ing

Act

ion

s

Les

son

78.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g U

sin

g B

a-D

a-B

ing

Page 32: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 29: Writing Dialogue With Inner Reactions

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

4.21C(ii) quotation marks

5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Un

der

stan

din

g ch

arac

ters

an

d h

ow

au

tho

rs u

se c

har

acte

r tr

aits

, mo

tiva

tio

ns

and

em

oti

on

s to

dev

elo

p a

sto

ry is

imp

ort

ant

to t

his

wri

tin

g le

sso

n.

As

stu

den

ts r

evis

e a

pie

ce o

f th

eir

wri

tin

g to

incl

ud

e a

pat

tern

of

dia

logu

e an

d r

eact

ion

, th

ey w

ill d

raw

up

on

wh

at t

hey

kn

ow

ab

ou

t ch

arac

ter

dev

elo

pm

ent

fro

m n

arra

tive

tex

ts t

hey

hav

e re

ad.

Page 33: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 30: Using Time Transitions: Flash Forward

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

R

ead

So

o’s

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng

(p. 7

3) a

lou

d t

o t

he

clas

s. T

hen

, as

you

rea

d it

alo

ud

aga

in, c

reat

e an

an

cho

r ch

art

sho

win

g h

ow

So

o m

ove

s

t

he

acti

on

fo

rwar

d u

sin

g ti

me

tran

siti

on

s. S

tud

ents

can

use

th

is a

nch

or

char

t to

hel

p t

hem

th

e d

ecis

ion

s So

o m

ade

as a

wri

ter.

Th

en

s

tud

ents

can

ap

ply

th

is t

o t

hei

r p

iece

of

wri

tin

g.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing. 3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(viii) time-order transition words and transitions that indicate a conclusion

4.20A(viii) use time-order transition words and transitions that indicate a conclusion

5.20A(viii) transitional words (e.g., also, therefore)

6.19A(viii) transitional words and phrases that demonstrate an understanding of the function of the transition related to the organization of the writing (e.g., on the contrary, in addition to)

7.19A(viii) transitions for sentence to sentence or paragraph to paragraph coherence

Page 34: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 31: Using Absolutes as Sentence Fragments

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8C & 4.6C identify whether the narrator or speaker of a story is first or third person

5.6C explain different forms of third-person points of view in stories

6.6C describe different forms of point of view, including first- and third-person

7.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including first-person, third-person omniscient, and third-person limited

8.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including limited versus omniscient, subjective versus objective

Eng. I 5C analyze the way in which a work of fiction is shaped by the narrator’s point of view

Eng. II 5C evaluate the connection between forms of narration (e.g., unreliable, omniscient) and tone in works of fiction

Eng. III 5C analyze the impact of narration when the narrator’s point of view shifts from one character to another

Eng. IV 5C compare and contrast the effects of different forms of narration across various genres of fiction

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Convention/Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

7.20B(i) commas after introductory words, phrases, and clauses

8.20B(i) commas after introductory structures and dependent adverbial clauses, and correct punctuation of complex sentences

Eng. I 18B(ii) comma placement in nonrestrictive phrases, clauses, and contrasting expressions

Eng. II 18B(i) comma placement in nonrestrictive phrases, clauses, and contrasting expressions

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases

4.20A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases to convey location, time, direction, or provide details

5.19A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases to convey location, time, direction, or provide details

6.19A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases to convey location, time, direction, or provide details

7.19A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases and their influence on subject-verb agreement

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

L

esso

n 4

8. C

om

mas

Aft

er

Beg

inn

ing

Ph

rase

s/C

lau

ses

Les

son

91.

Pre

po

siti

on

s

Page 35: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 32: Using Time Transitions: Flashbacks

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

The

grea

test

ch

alle

nge

fo

r th

e w

rite

r w

ill b

e m

ovi

ng

fro

m p

rese

nt

to p

ast,

an

d t

hen

bac

k to

pre

sen

t. C

on

fere

nce

wit

h

stu

den

ts d

uri

ng

the

pla

nn

ing

and

dra

ftin

g st

age

and

dis

cuss

wh

ich

ver

b t

ense

(p

rese

nt

or

pas

t) s

tud

ents

will

use

wh

en

wri

tin

g a

spec

ific

po

rtio

n o

f th

e p

erso

nal

nar

rati

ve.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(viii) time-order transition words and transitions that indicate a conclusion

4.20A(viii) use time-order transition words and transitions that indicate a conclusion

5.20A(viii) transitional words (e.g., also, therefore)

6.19A(viii) transitional words and phrases that demonstrate an understanding of the function of the transition related to the organization of the writing (e.g., on the contrary, in addition to)

7.19A(viii) transitions for sentence to sentence or paragraph to paragraph coherence

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Page 36: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 33: Withholding and Revealing Information to Build Suspense

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8A & 4.6A sequence and summarize the plot’s main events and explain their influence on future events

5.5A describe incidents that advance the story or novel, explaining how each incident gives rise to or foreshadows future events

6.6A summarize the elements of plot development (e.g., rising action, turning point, climax, falling action, denouement) in various works of fiction

7.6A explain the influence of the setting on plot development

8.6A analyze linear plot developments (e.g., conflict, rising action, falling action, resolution, subplots) to determine whether and how conflicts are resolved

Eng. I 5A analyze non-linear plot developments (e.g., flashbacks, foreshadowing, sub-plots, parallel plot structures) and compare it to linear plot development

Eng. II 5A analyze isolated scenes and their contribution to the success of the plot as a whole in a variety of works of fiction

Eng. III 5A evaluate how different literary elements (e.g., figurative language, point of view) shape the author’s portrayal of the plot and setting in works of fiction

Eng. IV 5A analyze how complex plot structures (e.g., subplots) and devices (e.g., foreshadowing, flashbacks, suspense) function and advance the action in a work of fiction

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

The

wri

ter’

s u

se o

f fo

resh

ado

win

g an

d s

enso

ry la

ngu

age

are

key

to d

eve

lop

ing

this

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng.

Co

nfe

ren

ce w

ith

stu

den

ts d

uri

ng

pla

nn

ing

and

dra

ftin

g to

insu

re t

hat

th

ey h

ave

eno

ugh

bac

kgro

un

d k

no

wle

dge

abo

ut

a sp

ecif

ic m

om

ent

in h

isto

ry t

o w

rite

a f

irst

-per

son

nar

rati

ve.

This

co

uld

be

a gr

eat

wa

y to

tie

in

info

rmat

ion

fro

m S

oci

al S

tud

ies

abo

ut

his

tori

cal c

har

acte

rs/e

ven

ts.

Page 37: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 34: Using Anadiplosis to Make a Truism Chain

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Ther

e is

no

t a

spec

ific

TEK

S fo

r an

adip

losi

s.

The

TEK

S re

late

d t

o v

arie

ty o

f se

nte

nce

s (3

.22

C –

En

g. IV

17

C)

is a

nat

ura

l bri

dge

fo

r

intr

od

uci

ng

stu

den

ts t

o t

his

rh

eto

rica

l dev

ice.

W

rite

rs c

an u

se a

nad

iplo

sis

as a

way

to

lin

k th

ou

ghts

an

d id

eas

toge

the

r o

ver

a se

ries

of

sen

ten

ces.

Th

is c

ou

ld b

e es

pec

ially

use

ful w

hen

wri

tin

g p

ersu

asiv

e p

iece

s.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Page 38: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 35: Using Enumeratio to Add Detail

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

em

ic W

riti

ng

by

Gre

tch

en B

ern

abei

. TE

KS

alig

nm

ent

by

Gin

a G

rah

am.

© 2

01

6

Ther

e is

no

t a

spec

ific

TEK

S fo

r en

um

era

tio

. T

he

TEK

S re

late

d t

o v

arie

ty o

f se

nte

nce

s (3

.22

C –

En

g. IV

17

C)

are

a n

atu

ral b

rid

ge f

or

intr

od

uci

ng

stu

den

ts t

o t

his

rh

eto

rica

l dev

ice.

A

lso

, ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Kee

per

s, P

art

VI.

Pit

chfo

rkin

g (l

esso

ns

76

-85

) fo

r ad

dit

ion

al

idea

s

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Page 39: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 36: Layering Thinking and Dialogue

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8C & 4.6C identify whether the narrator or speaker of a story is first or third person

5.6C explain different forms of third-person points of view in stories

6.6C describe different forms of point of view, including first- and third-person

7.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including first-person, third-person omniscient, and third-person limited

8.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including limited versus omniscient, subjective versus objective

Eng. I 5C analyze the way in which a work of fiction is shaped by the narrator’s point of view

Eng. II 5C evaluate the connection between forms of narration (e.g., unreliable, omniscient) and tone in works of fiction

Eng. III 5C analyze the impact of narration when the narrator’s point of view shifts from one character to another

Eng. IV 5C compare and contrast the effects of different forms of narration across various genres of fiction

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

4.21C(ii) quotation marks

5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

As

stu

den

ts r

evis

e a

pie

ce o

f th

eir

wri

tin

g to

incl

ud

e d

ialo

gue

and

men

tal r

eact

ion

s, t

hey

will

dra

w u

po

n w

hat

th

ey k

no

w a

bo

ut

the

inte

ract

ion

of

char

acte

rs f

rom

nar

rati

ve t

exts

th

ey

hav

e re

ad.

Use

exa

mp

les

fro

m m

ento

r te

xts

and

/or

clas

s re

ad a

lou

ds.

Page 40: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 37: Using Transitions to Develop a Conclusion

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

The

effe

ctiv

e u

se o

f tr

ansi

tio

ns

and

co

ncl

usi

on

s w

ill h

elp

wri

ters

dev

elo

p t

hei

r w

riti

ng

acro

ss a

ll ge

nre

s.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (iii) contain a concluding statement

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write a multi-paragraph essay to convey information about the topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs

Eng. I 15A. Eng. II 15A, Eng. III 15A & Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(viii) time-order transition words and transitions that indicate a conclusion

4.20A(viii) use time-order transition words and transitions that indicate a conclusion

5.20A(viii) transitional words (e.g., also, therefore)

6.19A(viii) transitional words and phrases that demonstrate an understanding of the function of the transition related to the organization of the writing (e.g., on the contrary, in addition to)

7.19A(viii) transitions for sentence to sentence or paragraph to paragraph coherence

Page 41: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part I. Narrative - Lesson 38: Weaving Together Text From Different Genres

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Figu

re 1

9 is

a d

ocu

men

t th

at is

sep

arat

e fr

om

th

e TE

KS.

Th

e re

adin

g co

mp

reh

ensi

on

str

ate

gies

incl

ud

ed in

Fig

ure

19

are

tra

nsf

erre

d a

nd

ap

plie

d t

o

wri

tin

g. N

ote

: t

he

stu

den

t w

riti

ng

sam

ple

on

pag

e 89

is s

uit

ed f

or

old

er s

tud

ents

. El

em

enta

ry a

nd

mid

dle

sch

oo

l tea

cher

s w

ill n

eed

to

use

an

oth

er

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng

as a

mo

del

fo

r th

is le

sso

n.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between literary and informational texts with similar ideas and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections between and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make intertextual links among and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18A & 4.16A write imaginative stories that build the plot to a climax and contain details about the characters and setting

5.16A & 6.15A write imaginative stories that include: (i) a clearly defined focus, plot, and point of view; (ii) a specific, believable setting created through the use of sensory details; (iii) dialogue that develops the story

7.15A & 8.15A write an imaginary story that: (i) sustains reader interest; (ii) includes well-paced action and an engaging story line; (iii) creates a specific, believable setting through the use of sensory details; (iv) develops interesting characters; (v) uses a range of literary strategies and devices to enhance the style and tone

Eng. I 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, and a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot

Eng. II 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, interesting and believable characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. III 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Eng. IV 14A write an engaging story with a well-developed conflict and resolution, a clear theme, complex and non-typical characters, a range of literary strategies (e.g., dialogue, suspense) and devices to enhance the plot, and sensory details that define the mood or tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Page 42: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 39: Sharing Culture Through Special Events

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

less

on

is a

wo

nd

erfu

l way

to

co

nn

ect

read

ing

and

wri

tin

g sk

ills

wit

h in

form

atio

nal

/exp

osi

tory

te

xts.

Bu

ild u

po

n w

hat

stu

den

ts k

no

w a

bo

ut

sum

mar

iza

tio

n t

o h

elp

th

em id

enti

fy t

he

mai

n id

ea a

nd

det

ails

in e

ach

par

t o

f th

e w

riti

ng

pie

ce.

Reading/Comprehension of Informational/Expository Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about expository text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.13A identify the details or facts that support the main idea

4.11A summarize the main idea and supporting details in text in ways that maintain meaning

5.11A summarize the main ideas and supporting details in a text in ways that maintain meaning and logical order

6.10A summarize the main idea and supporting details in text, demonstrating an understanding that a summary does not include opinions

7.10A evaluate a summary of the original text for accuracy of the main ideas, supporting details, and overall meaning

8.10A summarize the main ideas, supporting details, and relationships among ideas in text succinctly in ways that maintain meaning and logical order

Eng. I 9A summarize text and distinguish between a summary that captures the main ideas and elements of a text and a critique that takes a position and expresses an opinion

Eng. II 9A summarize text and distinguish between a summary and a critique and identify nonessential information in a summary and unsubstantiated opinions in a critique

Eng. III & Eng. IV 9A summarize a text in a manner that captures the author’s viewpoint, its main ideas, and its elements without taking a position or expressing an opinion

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 43: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 40: Explaining a Historical Context

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Th

is le

sso

n is

a g

rea

t w

ay t

o c

on

nec

t re

adin

g an

d w

riti

ng

skill

s w

ith

so

cial

stu

die

s. T

each

ers

may

nee

d t

o h

elp

stu

den

ts id

en

tify

th

e

his

tori

cal e

ven

t th

ey w

ill b

e w

riti

ng

abo

ut.

Co

mp

leti

ng

this

act

ivit

y as

a w

ho

le c

lass

lear

nin

g m

od

el w

ill g

ive

stu

de

nts

th

e b

ackg

rou

nd

kn

ow

led

ge t

hey

nee

d t

o c

om

ple

te t

his

ass

ign

men

t in

dep

end

entl

y w

hen

wri

tin

g ab

ou

t an

oth

er h

isto

rica

l eve

nt.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, and evaluative questions of text

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, evaluative, and universal questions of text Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 44: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 41: Using Compound Predicates in a Series

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Su

gges

ted

Pai

rin

gs -

R

efer

to

Gra

mm

ar K

ee

pe

rs:

Le

sso

n 7

6. P

itch

fork

ing

Act

ion

s

Le

sso

n 8

0. P

itch

fork

ing

Des

crip

tio

ns

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Oral and Written Convention/Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.23 C (ii) commas in series and dates

4.21B (i), 5. 21B(i) & 6.20B(i) commas in compound sentences 7.20B(i) commas after introductory words, phrases, and clauses

8.20B(i) commas after introductory structures and dependent adverbial clauses, and correct punctuation of complex sentences

Eng. I 18B(ii) & Eng. II18B(i) comma placement in nonrestrictive phrases, clauses, and contrasting expressions

Page 45: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 42: Analyzing Characters by Writing Letters Between Them

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

L

esso

n 4

6. C

om

mas

in a

Le

tter

Les

son

60.

Let

ter

Clo

sin

gs

Page 46: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 43: Tracking a Changing Thought Process

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty g

ives

stu

den

ts p

ract

ice

in b

rid

gin

g p

erso

nal

nar

rati

ve w

riti

ng

(an

exp

erie

nce

th

e w

rite

r h

ad t

hat

ch

ange

d t

he

way

he/

she

thin

ks a

bo

ut

som

eth

ing)

an

d e

xpo

sito

ry w

riti

ng

(exp

lain

ing

the

chan

ge).

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 47: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 44: Responding to Literature: Questioning the Author (Part I) Lesson 45: Responding to Literature: Questioning the Author (Part II)

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Th

ese

wri

tin

g le

sso

ns

bri

ng

toge

ther

to

ele

men

ts o

f au

tho

r st

ud

y (u

nd

erst

and

ing

the

auth

or’

s p

urp

ose

fo

r w

riti

ng

a te

xt)

an

d w

riti

ng

a re

spo

nse

to

lite

ratu

re.

Less

on

44

cou

ld b

e in

tro

du

ced

at

the

beg

inn

ing

of

a te

xt (

or

no

vel)

stu

dy

as a

way

to

hav

e an

on

-go

ing

con

vers

atio

n w

ith

th

e au

tho

r. L

esso

n 4

5 co

uld

be

a re

flec

tive

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty a

fte

r re

adin

g a

text

.

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/ Culture and History. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about the author’s purpose in cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding.

3.12A identify the topic and locate the author’s stated purpose in writing the text

4.10A explain the difference between a stated and an implied purpose for an expository text

5.10A draw conclusions from the information presented by an author and evaluate how well the author’s purpose was achieved

6.9A compare and contrast the stated or implied purposes of different authors writing on the same topic

7.9A explain the difference between the theme of a literary work and the author’s purpose in an expository text

8.9A analyze works written on the same topic and compare how the authors achieved similar or different purposes

Eng. I 8A explain the controlling idea and specific purpose of an expository text and distinguish the most important from the less important details that support the author’s purpose

Eng. II 8A analyze the controlling idea and specific purpose of a passage and the textual elements that support and elaborate it, including both the most important details and the less important details

Eng. III 8A analyze how the style, tone, and diction of a text advance the author’s purpose and perspective or stance

Eng. IV 8A analyze the consistency and clarity of the expression of the controlling idea and the ways in which the organizational and rhetorical patterns of text support or confound the author’s meaning or purpose

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate an understanding of the text

4. 18C, 5.18C & 6.17C write responses to literary or expository texts and provide evidence from the text to demonstrate understanding

7.17C & 8.17C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate the writing skills for multi-paragraph essays and provide sustained evidence from the text using quotations when appropriate

Eng. I 15C & Eng. II 15C write an interpretative response to an expository or a literary text (e.g., essay or review) that: (i) extends beyond a summary and literal analysis; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay and provides evidence from the text using embedded quotations; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices

Eng. III 15C & Eng. IV 15C write an interpretation of an expository or a literary text that: (i) advances a clear thesis statement; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay, including references to and commentary on quotations from the text; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices; (iv) identifies and analyzes the ambiguities, nuances, and complexities within the text; (v) anticipates and responds to readers’ questions or contradictory information

Page 48: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 46: Conversing With an Imagined Listener

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, and evaluative questions of text

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, evaluative, and universal questions of text Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty w

ill in

volv

e th

e in

tera

ctio

n o

f tw

o “

char

acte

rs”

– t

he

wri

ter

and

th

e p

erso

n t

hey

are

wri

tin

g to

. Ta

lk w

ith

stu

den

ts a

bo

ut

ho

w t

hes

e tw

o “

char

acte

rs”

will

lead

to

a r

eso

luti

on

or

pla

n f

or

solv

ing

the

pro

ble

m.

Page 49: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 47: Explaining a Concept from the Point of View of a Character

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

T

his

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty g

ives

stu

den

ts p

ract

ice

in b

rid

gin

g lit

era

ry t

exts

an

d e

xpo

sito

ry w

riti

ng

(exp

lain

ing

som

eth

ing

imp

ort

an

t fr

om

th

e st

ory

).

T

he

stu

den

t w

ill w

rite

as

if h

e/sh

e is

th

e ch

arac

ter

in t

he

no

vel/

sto

ry.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 50: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 48: Writing About Clues That Reveal a Situation

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty g

ives

stu

den

ts p

ract

ice

in b

rid

gin

g p

erso

nal

nar

rati

ve w

riti

ng

(an

exp

erie

nce

th

e w

rite

r h

ad)

and

exp

osi

tory

wri

tin

g (e

xpla

inin

g

the

clu

es t

hat

led

th

e w

rite

r to

su

spec

t th

at s

om

eth

ing

was

go

ing

on

).

The

use

of

fore

shad

ow

ing

will

be

very

imp

ort

ant

in t

his

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8A & 4.6A sequence and summarize the plot’s main events and explain their influence on future events

5.5A describe incidents that advance the story or novel, explaining how each incident gives rise to or foreshadows future events

6.6A summarize the elements of plot development (e.g., rising action, turning point, climax, falling action, denouement) in various works of fiction

7.6A explain the influence of the setting on plot development

8.6A analyze linear plot developments (e.g., conflict, rising action, falling action, resolution, subplots) to determine whether and how conflicts are resolved

Eng. I 5A analyze non-linear plot developments (e.g., flashbacks, foreshadowing, sub-plots, parallel plot structures) and compare it to linear plot development

Eng. II 5A analyze isolated scenes and their contribution to the success of the plot as a whole in a variety of works of fiction

Eng. III 5A evaluate how different literary elements (e.g., figurative language, point of view) shape the author’s portrayal of the plot and setting in works of fiction

Eng. IV 5A analyze how complex plot structures (e.g., subplots) and devices (e.g., foreshadowing, flashbacks, suspense) function and advance the action in a work of fiction

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A & 7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 51: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 49: Writing a Letter Using Second-Person Point of View

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8C & 4.6C identify whether the narrator or speaker of a story is first or third person

5.6C explain different forms of third-person points of view in stories

6.6C describe different forms of point of view, including first- and third-person

7.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including first-person, third-person omniscient, and third-person limited

8.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including limited versus omniscient, subjective versus objective

Eng. I 5C analyze the way in which a work of fiction is shaped by the narrator’s point of view

Eng. II 5C evaluate the connection between forms of narration (e.g., unreliable, omniscient) and tone in works of fiction

Eng. III 5C analyze the impact of narration when the narrator’s point of view shifts from one character to another

Eng. IV 5C compare and contrast the effects of different forms of narration across various genres of fiction

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

The

TEK

S d

o n

ot

incl

ud

e se

con

d-p

erso

n p

oin

t o

f vi

ew

. D

iscu

ss w

hat

stu

den

ts k

no

w/r

em

emb

er a

bo

ut

firs

t- a

nd

th

ird

-per

son

po

int

of

vie

w.

Use

th

is a

s a

spri

ngb

oar

d f

or

un

der

stan

din

g h

ow

Sara

h u

ses

seco

nd

-per

son

po

int

of

view

in w

riti

ng

her

lett

er

(p. 1

13

).

Page 52: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 50: Using Personification to Turn an Abstract Concept Into a Colorful Character

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

P

ers

on

ific

atio

n is

incl

ud

ed in

th

e 6

th g

rad

e TE

KS

– 6.

8A

. If

tea

cher

s in

gra

des

3-5

wan

t to

intr

od

uce

stu

den

ts

t

o t

his

lite

rary

dev

ice,

th

e su

gges

ted

men

tor

text

, A

Bo

ok

of

Qu

alit

ies,

by

J. R

uth

Gen

dle

r is

will

giv

e w

rite

rs

e

xam

ple

s o

f p

erso

nif

icat

ion

.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 53: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 51: Writing a Graphic Book Review

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

Th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

incl

ud

es m

any

read

ing

and

wri

tin

g sk

ills.

Stu

den

ts u

se t

ext

fea

ture

s to

hel

p t

hem

nav

igat

e t

ext(

s) a

s th

ey r

ead

an

d s

tud

ents

will

inco

rpo

rate

tex

t fe

atu

res

into

th

eir

bo

ok

revi

ew t

o h

elp

rea

der

s fi

nd

an

d lo

cate

imp

ort

ant

info

rmat

ion

ab

ou

t th

e b

oo

k.

Stu

den

ts c

an s

ho

w t

hei

r ar

tist

ic s

kills

wh

en f

orm

atti

ng

the

revi

ew

an

d d

ecid

ing

wh

ich

pic

ture

s/ill

ust

rati

on

s to

incl

ud

e.

3.8A & 4.6A sequence and summarize the plot’s main events and explain their influence on future events

5.5A describe incidents that advance the story or novel, explaining how each incident gives rise to or foreshadows future events

6.6A summarize the elements of plot development (e.g., rising action, turning point, climax, falling action, denouement) in various works of fiction

7.6A explain the influence of the setting on plot development

8.6A analyze linear plot developments (e.g., conflict, rising action, falling action, resolution, subplots) to determine whether and how conflicts are resolved

Eng. I 5A analyze non-linear plot developments (e.g., flashbacks, foreshadowing, sub-plots, parallel plot structures) and compare it to linear plot development

Eng. II 5A analyze isolated scenes and their contribution to the success of the plot as a whole in a variety of works of fiction

Eng. III 5A evaluate how different literary elements (e.g., figurative language, point of view) shape the author’s portrayal of the plot and setting in works of fiction

Eng. IV 5A analyze how complex plot structures (e.g., subplots) and devices (e.g., foreshadowing, flashbacks, suspense) function and advance the action in a work of fiction

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Reading/Comprehension of Information Text/Expository Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about expository text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.13D use text features (e.g., bold print, captions, key words, italics) to locate information and make and verify predictions about contents of text

4.11D use multiple text features (e.g., guide words, topic and concluding sentences) to gain an overview of the contents of text and to locate information

5.11D use multiple text features and graphics to gain an overview of the contents of text and to locate information

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate an understanding of the text

4. 18C, 5.18C & 6.17C write responses to literary or expository texts and provide evidence from the text to demonstrate understanding

7.17C & 8.17C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate the writing skills for multi-paragraph essays and provide sustained evidence from the text using quotations when appropriate

Eng. I 15C & Eng. II 15C write an interpretative response to an expository or a literary text (e.g., essay or review) that: (i) extends beyond a summary and literal analysis; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay and provides evidence from the text using embedded quotations; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices

Eng. III 15C & Eng. IV 15C write an interpretation of an expository or a literary text that: (i) advances a clear thesis statement; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay, including references to and commentary on quotations from the text; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices; (iv) identifies and analyzes the ambiguities, nuances, and complexities within the text; (v) anticipates and responds to readers’ questions or contradictory information

Research/Gathering Sources. Students determine, locate, and explore the full range of relevant sources addressing a research question and systematically record the information they gather.

3.26D & 4.24D identify the author, title, publisher, and publication year of sources

5.24D & 6.23D identify the source of notes (e.g., author, title, page number) and record bibliographic information concerning those sources according to a standard format

7.23C & 8.23C record bibliographic information (e.g., author, title, page number) for all notes and sources according to a standard format

Eng. I 21C & Eng. II 21C paraphrase, summarize, quote, and accurately cite all researched information according to a standard format (e.g., author, title, page number)

Eng. III 12C & Eng. IV 21C paragraph, summarize, quote, and accurately cite all researched information according to a standard format (e.g., author, title, page number), differentiating among primary, secondary, and other sources

Page 54: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 52: Analyzing Literature: Focusing on Character Tension

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

R

evie

w/r

erea

d a

sto

ry s

tud

ents

are

fam

iliar

wit

h. D

iscu

ss h

ow

th

e au

tho

r cr

eate

s te

nsi

on

fo

r o

ne

of

the

mai

n c

har

acte

rs.

M

ake

a c

lass

an

cho

r ch

art

(t-c

har

t) s

ho

win

g w

hat

th

e ch

arac

ter

do

es a

nd

do

es n

ot

kno

w/u

nd

erst

and

. Dis

cuss

ho

w t

he

a

uth

or

crea

tes

ten

sio

n a

s th

e st

ory

un

fold

s. C

om

par

e th

e an

cho

r ch

art

to E

ilee

n’s

ess

ay o

n p

age

52

. T

his

will

hel

p

s

tud

ents

uti

lize

th

e te

xt s

tru

ctu

re a

t th

e b

ott

om

of

pag

e 11

8.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate an understanding of the text

4. 18C, 5.18C & 6.17C write responses to literary or expository texts and provide evidence from the text to demonstrate understanding

7.17C & 8.17C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate the writing skills for multi-paragraph essays and provide sustained evidence from the text using quotations when appropriate

Eng. I 15C & Eng. II 15C write an interpretative response to an expository or a literary text (e.g., essay or review) that: (i) extends beyond a summary and literal analysis; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay and provides evidence from the text using embedded quotations; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices

Eng. III 15C & Eng. IV 15C write an interpretation of an expository or a literary text that: (i) advances a clear thesis statement; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay, including references to and commentary on quotations from the text; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices; (iv) identifies and analyzes the ambiguities, nuances, and complexities within the text; (v) anticipates and responds to readers’ questions or contradictory information

Page 55: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 53: Responding to Literature: Characters Conversing About a Problem

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Th

e te

xt s

tru

ctu

re a

t th

e b

ott

om

of

pag

e 12

0 w

ill h

elp

stu

den

ts u

nd

erst

and

ho

w t

o c

raft

th

is p

iece

of

wri

tin

g. S

tud

ents

will

use

th

e

co

mp

reh

ensi

on

str

ateg

y, m

akin

g co

nn

ecti

on

s, t

o u

nd

erst

and

ho

w t

he

two

ch

arac

ters

hav

e ex

per

ien

ced

a s

imila

r p

rob

lem

.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between literary and informational texts with similar ideas and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between and across multiple texts of various genres and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections between and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make intertextual links among and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Page 56: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 54: Analyzing Literature: Identifying Character Conflicts

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Ch

arac

ter

anal

ysis

will

be

imp

ort

ant

as s

tud

ents

iden

tify

tw

o m

ain

ch

arac

ters

, th

e in

tera

ctio

n (

con

flic

t)

b

etw

een

th

e ch

arac

ters

an

d c

ite

sp

ecif

ic e

xam

ple

s o

f co

nfl

ict

fro

m t

he

text

.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 57: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 55: Analyzing Literature: Noticing an Author’s Choices

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

B

efo

re b

egin

nin

g th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

, sh

are

a va

rie

ty o

f te

xts

wit

h s

tud

ents

an

d d

iscu

ss w

hat

th

e au

tho

r(s)

did

to

“h

oo

k” t

he

read

er.

Th

is w

ill h

elp

stu

den

ts u

nd

erst

and

th

at a

uth

ors

wan

t to

en

gage

th

e re

ader

at

the

beg

inn

ing

of

the

sto

ry, a

nd

th

en a

uth

ors

em

bed

oth

er “

ho

oks

” th

rou

gho

ut

the

sto

ry t

o k

eep

th

e re

ader

’s a

tten

tio

n.

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Expository Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about expository text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.13A identify details or facts that support the main idea

4.11A summarize the main idea and supporting details in text in ways that maintain meaning

5.11A summarize the main idea and supporting details in a text in ways that maintain meaning and logical order

6.10A summarize the main idea and supporting details in text, demonstrating and understanding that summary does not include opinions

7.10A evaluate a summary of the original text for accuracy of the main ideas, supporting details, and overall meaning

8.10A summarize the main ideas, supporting details, and relationships among ideas in text succinctly in ways that maintain meaning and logical order

Eng. I 9A summarize text and distinguish between a summary that captures the main ideas and elements of a text and a critique that takes a position and expresses an opinion

Eng. II 9A summarize text and distinguish between a summary and a critique and identify nonessential information in a summary and unsubstantiated opinions in a critique

Eng. III 9A & Eng. IV 9A summarize a text in a manner that captures the author’s viewpoint, its main ideas, and its elements without taking a position or expressing an opinion

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 58: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 56: Recognizing and Illustrating an Important Theme

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Iden

tify

ing

the

me

and

mak

ing

con

nec

tio

ns

bet

wee

n a

nd

acr

oss

tex

ts is

cen

tral

to

th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

. Th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

giv

es s

tud

ents

th

e o

pp

ort

un

ity

to b

rin

g

mu

ltip

le p

iece

s o

f te

xt a

nd

med

ia t

oge

ther

in a

co

hes

ive

essa

y. E

xam

ple

s o

f si

mila

r w

riti

ng

task

s ca

n b

e fo

un

d in

wri

tin

g p

rom

pts

fo

r En

g. I

and

En

g. II

EO

Cs.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between literary and informational texts with similar ideas and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between and across multiple texts of various genres and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections between and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make intertextual links among and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Theme and Genre. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about theme and genre in different cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding. 3.5A paraphrase the themes and supporting details of fables, legends, myths, or stories

4.3A summarize and explain the lesson or message of a work of fiction as its theme

5.3A compare and contrast the themes or moral lessons of several works of fiction from various cultures

6.3A infer the implicit theme of a work of fiction, distinguishing theme from the topic

7.3A describe multiple themes in a work of fiction

8.3A analyze literary works that share similar themes across cultures

Eng. I 2A analyze how the genre of texts with similar themes shapes meaning

Eng. II 2A compare and contrast differences in similar themes expressed in different time periods

Eng. III 2A analyze the way in which the theme or meaning of a selections represents a view or comment on the human condition

Eng. IV 2A compare and contrast works of literature that express a universal theme

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 59: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 57: Analyzing the Rhetorical Effects of Poetic Devices

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Stu

den

ts w

ill n

eed

to

hav

e o

pp

ort

un

itie

s to

rea

d a

nd

dis

cuss

var

iou

s fo

rms

of

po

etry

(TE

KS

3.6

A –

En

g. IV

3A

) b

efo

re

beg

inn

ing

this

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty a

nal

yzin

g p

oet

ic d

evic

es.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Poetry. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about theme and genre in different cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding.

3.6A describe the characteristics of various forms of poetry and how they create imagery (e.g., narrative, lyrical, humorous, free verse)

4.4A explain how the structural elements of poetry (e.g., rhyme, meter, stanzas, line breaks) relate to form (e.g., lyrical poetry, free verse)

5.4A analyze how poets use sound effects (e.g., alliteration, internal rhyme, onomatopoeia, rhyme scheme) to reinforce meaning in poems

6.4A explain how figurative language (e.g., personification, metaphors, similes, hyperbole) contributes to the meaning of a poem

7.4A analyze the importance of graphical elements (e.g., capital letters, line length, word position) on the meaning of a poem

8.4A compare and contrast the relationship between the purpose and characteristics of different poetic forms (e.g., epic poetry, lyric poetry)

Eng. I 3A analyze the effects of diction and imagery (e.g., controlling images, figurative language, understatement, overstatement, irony, paradox) in poetry

Eng. II 3A analyze the structure or prosody (e.g., meter, rhyme scheme) and graphic elements (e.g., line length, punctuation, word position) in poetry

Eng. III 3A analyze the effects of metrics, rhyme schemes (e.g., end internal, slant, eye) and other conventions in American poetry

Eng. IV 3A evaluate the changes in sound, form, figurative language, graphics, and dramatic structure in poetry across literary time periods

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate an understanding of the text

4. 18C, 5.18C & 6.17C write responses to literary or expository texts and provide evidence from the text to demonstrate understanding

7.17C & 8.17C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate the writing skills for multi-paragraph essays and provide sustained evidence from the text using quotations when appropriate

Eng. I 15C & Eng. II 15C write an interpretative response to an expository or a literary text (e.g., essay or review) that: (i) extends beyond a summary and literal analysis; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay and provides evidence from the text using embedded quotations; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices

Eng. III 15C & Eng. IV 15C write an interpretation of an expository or a literary text that: (i) advances a clear thesis statement; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay, including references to and commentary on quotations from the text; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices; (iv) identifies and analyzes the ambiguities, nuances, and complexities within the text; (v) anticipates and responds to readers’ questions or contradictory information

Page 60: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 58: Analyzing a Movie

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

em

ic W

riti

ng

by

Gre

tch

en B

ern

abei

. TE

KS

alig

nm

ent

by

Gin

a G

rah

am.

© 2

01

6

Stu

den

ts m

ay w

ant

to w

ork

to

geth

er t

o a

nal

yze

a m

ovi

e th

at a

ll st

ud

ents

hav

e se

en

. Th

e te

xt s

tru

ctu

re a

t th

e b

ott

om

of

pag

e

1

30

will

hel

p s

tud

ents

incl

ud

e im

po

rtan

t th

ou

ghts

an

d in

sigh

ts in

th

eir

anal

ysis

.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Theme and Genre. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about theme and genre in different cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding.

3.5A paraphrase the themes and supporting details of fables, legends, myths, or stories

4.3A summarize and explain the lesson or message of a work of fiction as its theme

5.3A compare and contrast the themes or moral lessons of several works of fiction from various cultures

6.3A infer the implicit theme of a work of fiction, distinguishing theme from the topic

7.3A describe multiple themes in a work of fiction

8.3A analyze literary works that share similar themes across cultures

Eng. I 2A analyze how the genre of texts with similar themes shapes meaning

Eng. II 2A compare and contrast differences in similar themes expressed in different time periods

Eng. III 2A analyze the way in which the theme or meaning of a selections represents a view or comment on the human condition

Eng. IV 2A compare and contrast works of literature that express a universal theme

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 61: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 59: Creating an “All About” Essay

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

wri

tig

acti

vity

allo

ws

stu

den

ts t

o w

ork

th

rou

gh t

he

enti

re w

riti

ng

pro

cess

fro

m p

lan

nin

g to

pu

blis

hin

g. S

har

e La

nd

ri’s

sam

ple

ess

ay o

n p

age

13

3,

then

wri

te a

cla

ss e

ssay

to

geth

er.

Aft

er

stu

den

ts h

ave

wri

tten

ind

ivid

ual

“al

l ab

ou

t” e

ssay

s, c

om

pile

all

of

the

essa

ys t

o m

ake

a cl

ass

bo

ok.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, and evaluative questions of text

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, evaluative, and universal questions of text Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

3.17D & 4.15D edit drafts for grammar, mechanics, and spelling using a teacher-developed rubric

5.15D, 6.14D, 7.14D, 8.14D Eng. I 13D, Eng. II 13D, Eng. III 13D & Eng. IV 13D edit drafts for grammar, mechanics, and spelling

3.17E publish written work for a specific audience

4. 15E revise final draft in response to feedback from peers and teacher and publish written work for a specific audience

5.15E, 6.14E, 7.14E, 7.14E, 8.14E, Eng. I 13E, Eng. II 13E, Eng. III 13E & Eng. IV 13E revise final draft in response to feedback from peers and teacher and publish written work for appropriate audiences

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 62: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 60: Giving Writing Vocal Qualities

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Bef

ore

beg

inn

ing

this

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty,

shar

e sa

mp

les

of

advi

ce o

r ed

ito

rial

co

lum

ns

wit

h s

tud

ents

.

If

po

ssib

le, s

har

e sa

mp

les

fro

m d

iffe

ren

t ti

me

per

iod

s.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 63: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 60: Giving Writing Vocal Qualities (page 2) Extension Activity – Students Read Aloud Their Advice Column

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

The

List

enin

g/Sp

eaki

ng

stra

nd

of

the

TEK

S gi

ves

stu

den

ts

op

po

rtu

nit

ies

to p

ract

ice

pre

sen

tin

g th

eir

wo

rk(s

) to

live

aud

ien

ces

or

reco

rdin

g th

eir

pre

sen

tati

on

.

Listening and Speaking/Speaking. Students speak clearly and to the point, using the conventions of language. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.30A speak coherently about the topic under discussion, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, and the conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

4.28A express an opinion supported by accurate information, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, and enunciation, and the conventions of language to communicate effectively

5.28A give organized presentations, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

6.27A give an organized presentation with a specific point of view, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

7.27A present a critique of a literary work, film, or dramatic production, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, a variety of natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

8.27A advocate a position using anecdotes, analogies, and/or illustrations, and use eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, a variety of natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. I 25A give presentations using informal, formal, and technical language effectively to meet the needs of audience purpose, and occasion, employing eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. II 25A advance a coherent argument that incorporates a clear thesis and a logical progression of valid evidence from reliable sources and that employs eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. III 25A give a formal presentation that exhibits a logical structure, smooth transitions, accurate evidence, well-chosen details, and rhetorical devices, and that employs eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. IV 25A formulate sound arguments by using elements of classical speeches (e.g., introduction, first and second transitions, body, and conclusion), the art of persuasion, rhetorical devices, eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Page 64: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 61: Using Opinions and Facts When Explaining Something New

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

S

tud

ents

will

be

gin

wri

tin

g in

a p

ersu

asiv

e m

ann

er a

s th

ey in

clu

de

“pro

s/co

ns”

. Th

e ad

dit

ion

of

op

inio

ns

mo

ves

this

wri

tin

g a

scit

ivy

f

rom

exp

soit

ory

/exp

lan

ato

ry w

riti

ng

to p

ersu

asiv

e w

riti

ng.

Stu

den

ts w

ill b

len

d f

acts

an

d o

pin

ion

s in

an

org

ain

zed

an

d c

oh

ere

nt

essa

y.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, and evaluative questions of text

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, evaluative, and universal questions of text Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Expository Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about expository text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.13B draw conclusions from the facts presented in text and support those assertions with textual evidence

4.11B distinguish fact from opinion in a text and explain how to verify what is fact

5.11B determine the facts in a text and verify them through establish methods

6.10B explain whether facts included in an argument are used for or against an issue

7.10B distinguish factual claims from commonplace assertions and opinions

8.10B distinguish factual claims from commonplace assertions and opinions and evaluate inferences from their logic in text

Eng. I 9B differentiate between opinions that are substantiated and unsubstantiated in the text

Eng. II 9B distinguish among different kinds of evidence (e.g., logical, empirical, anecdotal) used to support conclusions and arguments in texts

Eng. III 9B distinguish between inductive and deductive reasoning and analyze the elements of deductively and inductively reasoned texts and the different ways conclusions are supported

Eng. IV 9B explain how authors writing on the same issue reached different conclusions because of differences in assumptions, evidence, reasoning, and viewpoints

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs;

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions);

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 65: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 61: Using Opinions and Facts When Explaining Something New (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 66: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 62: Defining and Important Concept

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Theme and Genre. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about theme and genre in different cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding. 3.5A paraphrase the themes and supporting details of fables, legends, myths, or stories

4.3A summarize and explain the lesson or message of a work of fiction as its theme

5.3A compare and contrast the themes or moral lessons of several works of fiction from various cultures

6.3A infer the implicit theme of a work of fiction, distinguishing theme from the topic

7.3A describe multiple themes in a work of fiction

8.3A analyze literary works that share similar themes across cultures

Eng. I 2A analyze how the genre of texts with similar themes shapes meaning

Eng. II 2A compare and contrast differences in similar themes expressed in different time periods

Eng. III 2A analyze the way in which the theme or meaning of a selections represents a view or comment on the human condition

Eng. IV 2A compare and contrast works of literature that express a universal theme

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Stu

den

ts w

ill d

raw

up

on

th

eir

kno

wle

dge

of

them

e in

lite

rary

te

xts

as t

hey

wri

te t

o d

efin

e an

imp

ort

ant

con

cep

t, li

ke “

frie

nd

ship

”.

Wri

ters

will

wan

t to

co

nfe

r w

ith

oth

er w

rite

rs h

as t

hey

dev

elo

p t

hei

r d

raft

s fo

llow

ing

the

stru

ctu

re a

t th

e b

ott

om

of

pag

e 1

38

.

Page 67: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 63: Writing an Epistolary Essay

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between literary and informational texts with similar ideas and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between and across multiple texts of various genres and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections between and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make intertextual links among and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty g

ives

stu

den

ts a

n o

pp

ort

un

ity

to b

rid

ge c

har

acte

r st

ud

y in

lite

rary

tex

ts w

ith

his

tori

cal c

har

acte

rs.

This

is a

n e

xcel

len

t w

ay f

or

stu

den

ts m

akin

g co

nn

ecti

on

s ac

ross

an

d b

etw

een

his

tori

cal c

har

acte

rs a

nd

eve

nts

.

Page 68: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 64: Moving Between Concrete Details and Abstract Ideas

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

S

tud

ents

will

ap

ply

wh

at t

hey

hav

e le

arn

ed a

bo

ut

the

use

of

sen

sory

det

ails

(R

ead

ing/

Co

mp

reh

ensi

on

of

Lite

rary

Tex

t/Se

nso

ry

L

angu

age

3.10

A-E

ng.

IV 7

A)

in w

ritt

en t

exts

. Th

is e

ssay

fo

cuse

s o

n t

he

use

of

con

cret

e d

etai

ls (

exp

osi

tory

/exp

lan

ato

ry w

riti

ng)

a

nd

th

e in

clu

sio

n o

f ab

stra

ct id

eas

(per

son

al n

arra

tive

/im

agin

ativ

e w

riti

ng)

.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 69: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 65: Using Quotations to Support a Thesis in a Literary Essay

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

St

ud

ents

may

wan

t to

beg

in t

his

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty b

y fo

cusi

ng

on

on

e ch

arac

ter

(mai

n c

har

acte

r o

r su

pp

ort

ing

char

acte

r) a

nal

yzin

g

h

is/h

er q

uo

tati

on

s fo

r ev

iden

ce r

ega

rdin

g th

e ch

arac

ter’

s ac

tio

ns

and

mo

tive

s. S

tud

ents

tak

e ca

n u

se t

his

info

rmat

ion

in c

on

jun

ctio

n

wit

h t

he

text

str

uct

ure

on

pag

e 1

44.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate an understanding of the text

4. 18C, 5.18C & 6.17C write responses to literary or expository texts and provide evidence from the text to demonstrate understanding

7.17C & 8.17C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate the writing skills for multi-paragraph essays and provide sustained evidence from the text using quotations when appropriate

Eng. I 15C & Eng. II 15C write an interpretative response to an expository or a literary text (e.g., essay or review) that: (i) extends beyond a summary and literal analysis; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay and provides evidence from the text using embedded quotations; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices

Eng. III 15C & Eng. IV 15C write an interpretation of an expository or a literary text that: (i) advances a clear thesis statement; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay, including references to and commentary on quotations from the text; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices; (iv) identifies and analyzes the ambiguities, nuances, and complexities within the text; (v) anticipates and responds to readers’ questions or contradictory information

Page 70: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 66: Writing an Extended Apostrophe

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8C & 4.6C identify whether the narrator or speaker of a story is first or third person

5.6C explain different forms of third-person points of view in stories

6.6C describe different forms of point of view, including first- and third-person

7.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including first-person, third-person omniscient, and third-person limited

8.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including limited versus omniscient, subjective versus objective

Eng. I 5C analyze the way in which a work of fiction is shaped by the narrator’s point of view

Eng. II 5C evaluate the connection between forms of narration (e.g., unreliable, omniscient) and tone in works of fiction

Eng. III 5C analyze the impact of narration when the narrator’s point of view shifts from one character to another

Eng. IV 5C compare and contrast the effects of different forms of narration across various genres of fiction

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

The

TEK

S d

o n

ot

incl

ud

e se

con

d-p

erso

n p

oin

t o

f vi

ew

. D

iscu

ss w

hat

stu

den

ts k

no

w/u

nd

erst

and

ab

ou

t fi

rst-

an

d t

hir

d-p

erso

n p

oin

t o

f vi

ew

.

Per

son

ific

atio

n i

s in

clu

ded

in

th

e 6

th g

rad

e T

EKS

(6.8

A)

for

sen

sory

lan

guag

e. S

tud

ents

will

use

th

eir

bac

kgro

un

d k

no

wle

dge

(an

d m

ento

r te

xts)

as

a

spri

ngb

oar

d f

or

un

der

stan

din

g h

ow

Ste

ve u

ses

per

son

ific

atio

n a

nd

sec

on

d-p

erso

n p

oin

t o

f vi

ew

in w

riti

ng

he

r le

tter

(p

. 14

7).

Page 71: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 67: Multimedia Analysis of a Literary Theme

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty b

rin

gs t

oge

ther

man

y re

adin

g an

d w

riti

ng

com

pre

hen

sio

n s

trat

egie

s. S

tud

ents

nee

d e

xpo

sure

to

th

e va

ryin

g ge

nre

s in

clu

ded

in t

his

act

ivit

y. S

tud

ents

als

o n

eed

to

hav

e p

arti

cip

ated

in li

tera

ry d

iscu

ssio

ns

pri

or

to b

egin

nin

g th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between literary and informational texts with similar ideas and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between and across multiple texts of various genres and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections between and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make intertextual links among and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Theme and Genre. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about theme and genre in different cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding. 3.5A paraphrase the themes and supporting details of fables, legends, myths, or stories

4.3A summarize and explain the lesson or message of a work of fiction as its theme

5.3A compare and contrast the themes or moral lessons of several works of fiction from various cultures

6.3A infer the implicit theme of a work of fiction, distinguishing theme from the topic

7.3A describe multiple themes in a work of fiction

8.3A analyze literary works that share similar themes across cultures

Eng. I 2A analyze how the genre of texts with similar themes shapes meaning

Eng. II 2A compare and contrast differences in similar themes expressed in different time periods

Eng. III 2A analyze the way in which the theme or meaning of a selections represents a view or comment on the human condition

Eng. IV 2A compare and contrast works of literature that express a universal theme

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Expository Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about expository text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

5.11E & 6.10D synthesize and make logical connections between ideas within a text and across two or three texts representing similar or different genres

7.10E & 8.10D synthesize and make logical connections between ideas within a text and across two or three texts representing similar or different genres, and support those findings with textual evidence

Eng. I 9D & Eng. II 9D synthesize and make logical connections between ideas and details in several texts selected to reflect a range of viewpoints on the same topic and support those findings with textual evidence

Eng. III 9D synthesize ideas and make logical connections (e.g., thematic links, author analyses) between and among multiple texts representing similar or different genres and technical sources and support those findings with textual evidence

Eng. IV 9D synthesize ideas and make logical connections (e.g., thematic links, author analyses) among multiple texts representing similar or different genres and technical sources and support those findings with textual evidence

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Page 72: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 67: Multimedia Analysis of a Literary Theme (page 2)

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

3.18B & 4.16B write poems that convey sensory details using the conventions of poetry (e.g., rhyme, meter, patterns of verse)

5.16B & 6.15B write poems using: (ii) figurative language (e.g., similes, metaphors)

7.15B & 8.15B write poems using: (ii) figurative language (e.g., personification, idioms, hyperbole)

Eng. II 14B & Eng. II 14B write a poem using a variety of poetic techniques (e.g., structural elements, figurative language) and a variety of poetic forms (e.g., sonnets, ballads)

Eng. III 14B & Eng. IV 14B write a poem that reflects an awareness of poetic conventions and traditions within different forms (e.g., sonnets, ballads, free verse)

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

6.17D & 7. 17D produce a multimedia presentation involving text and graphics using available technology

8.17D produce a multimedia presentation involving text, graphics, images, and sound using available technology

Eng. I 15D & Eng. II 15D produce a multimedia presentation (e.g., documentary, class newspaper, docudrama, infomercial, visual or textual parodies, theatrical production) with graphics, images, and sound that conveys a distinctive point of view and appeals to a specific audience

Eng. III 15D & Eng. IV 15D produce a multimedia presentation (e.g., documentary, class newspaper, docudrama, infomercial, visual or textual parodies, theatrical production) with graphics, images, and sound that appeals to a specific audience and synthesizes information from multiple points of view

Page 73: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 68: Using Facts as Evidence

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty a

sks

stu

den

ts t

o id

enti

fy f

acts

an

d o

pin

ion

s. S

tud

ents

may

rev

ise

a p

iece

of

wri

tin

g o

r b

egin

a n

ew

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng.

Teac

her

s m

ay w

ant

to s

tud

ents

to

wri

te a

per

suas

ive

essa

y o

r a

per

suas

ive

lett

er (

the

TEK

S fo

r b

oth

are

list

ed w

ith

th

is le

sso

n).

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, and evaluative questions of text

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, evaluative, and universal questions of text Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Expository Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about expository text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.13A draw conclusions from the facts presented in text and support those assertions with textual evidence

4.11B distinguish fact from opinion in a text and explain how to verify what is fact

5.11B determine the facts in a text and verify them through establish methods

6.10B explain whether facts included in an argument are used for or against an issue

7.10B distinguish factual claims from commonplace assertions and opinions

8.10B distinguish factual claims from commonplace assertions and opinions and evaluate inferences from their logic in text

Eng. I 9B differentiate between opinions that are substantiated and unsubstantiated in the text

Eng. II 9B distinguish among different kinds of evidence (e.g., logical, empirical, anecdotal) used to support conclusions and arguments in texts

Eng. III 9B distinguish between inductive and deductive reasoning and analyze the elements of deductively and inductively reasoned texts and the different ways conclusions are supported

Eng. IV 9B explain how authors writing on the same issue reached different conclusions because of differences in assumptions, evidence, reasoning, and viewpoints

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Page 74: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 68: Using Facts as Evidence (page 2)

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Page 75: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 69: Using Formal Versus Informal Language

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

Focu

s o

n t

he

inte

nd

ed a

ud

ien

ce f

or

this

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty.

Mak

e an

an

cho

r ch

art

(t-c

har

t) w

ith

th

e h

ead

ings

“Fo

rmal

“ a

nd

“In

form

al”

lan

guag

e/r

egis

ter.

Rea

d e

xam

ple

s o

f fo

rmal

an

d in

form

al w

riit

ng

(stu

den

t sa

mp

les

on

pag

es 1

55 &

157

bo

th a

dd

ress

ho

mel

essn

ess)

an

d w

rite

exa

mp

les

of

each

un

der

th

e

corr

ect

hea

din

g..

Dis

cuss

ho

w t

he

inte

nd

ed a

ud

ien

ce o

ften

det

erm

ines

th

e la

ngu

age

/reg

iste

r u

sed

fo

r w

riti

ng.

If

stu

den

ts d

o n

ot

hav

e a

form

al p

iece

of

wri

tin

g to

rev

ise,

sta

rt b

y w

riti

ng

a fo

rmal

pie

ce t

oge

ther

. T

hen

ask

stu

den

ts t

o f

ind

a s

po

t w

her

e th

ey c

an r

evis

e th

e w

riti

ng

by

usi

ng

info

rmal

lan

guag

e. I

t

is im

po

rtan

t th

e gi

st o

f th

e w

riti

ng

rem

ain

s th

e sa

me,

on

ly t

he

ton

e/m

oo

d h

as c

han

ged

.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 76: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 70: Writing a Script for a Public Service Announcement

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty a

sks

stu

den

ts t

o a

pp

ly w

hat

th

ey k

no

w a

bo

ut

the

stru

ctu

re a

nd

ele

men

ts o

f d

ram

a (i

ncl

ud

ing

stag

e d

irec

tio

ns)

. St

ud

ents

will

use

th

is s

tru

ctu

re t

o w

rite

a p

ersu

asiv

e p

iece

(“c

all t

o a

ctio

n”)

. If

stu

den

ts c

ho

ose

to

reco

rd t

hei

r P

SAs,

ref

er t

o t

he

Rea

din

g/M

ed

ia L

iter

acy

TEK

S. I

f st

ud

ents

incl

ud

e d

ialo

gue,

ref

er t

o t

he

Ora

l an

d

Wri

tten

Co

nve

nti

on

s/H

and

wri

tin

g, C

apit

aliz

atio

n, a

nd

Pu

nct

uat

ion

TEK

S fo

r q

uo

tati

on

s.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Drama. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.7A explain the elements of plot and character as presented through dialogue in scripts that are read, viewed, written, or performed

4.5A describe the structural elements particular to dramatic literature

5.5A analyze the similarities and differences between an original text and its dramatic adaptation

6.5A explain the similarities and differences in the setting, characters, and plot of a play and those in a film based upon the same story line

7.5A explain a playwright’s use of dialogue and stage directions

8.5A analyze how different playwrights characterize their protagonists and antagonists through the dialogue and staging of their plays

Eng. I 4A explain how dramatic conventions (e.g., monologues, soliloquies, dramatic irony) enhance dramatic text

Eng. II 4A analyze how archetypes and motifs in drama affect the plot of plays

Eng. III 4A analyze the themes and characteristics in different periods of modern American drama

Eng. IV 4A evaluate how the structure and elements of drama change in the works of British dramatists across literary periods

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of drama and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Literary Texts. (Grades K-8) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. (Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write literary texts to express their ideas and feelings about real or imagined people, events, and ideas. Students are responsible for at least two forms of literary writing.

Eng. 1 14C & Eng. II 14C write a script with an explicit or implicit theme and details that contribute to a definite mood or tone

Eng. 1II 14C & Eng. IV 14C write a script with an explicit or implicit theme, using a variety of literary techniques

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

6.17D & 7. 17D produce a multimedia presentation involving text and graphics using available technology

8.17D produce a multimedia presentation involving text, graphics, images, and sound using available technology

Eng. I 15D & Eng. II 15D produce a multimedia presentation (e.g., documentary, class newspaper, docudrama, infomercial, visual or textual parodies, theatrical production) with graphics, images, and sound that conveys a distinctive point of view and appeals to a specific audience

Eng. III 15D & Eng. IV 15D produce a multimedia presentation (e.g., documentary, class newspaper, docudrama, infomercial, visual or textual parodies, theatrical production) with graphics, images, and sound that appeals to a specific audience and synthesizes information from multiple points of view

Page 77: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 70: Writing a Script for a Public Service Announcement (page 2)

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 78: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 71: Examining Quotations

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

T

each

ers

may

ch

oo

se t

o b

egin

th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vty

by

dis

cuss

ing

a va

riet

y o

f q

uo

tati

on

s w

ith

stu

den

ts (

his

tori

cal,

curr

ent,

cu

ltu

ral,

etc.

). T

oge

ther

,

c

ho

ose

on

e o

f th

e q

uo

tati

on

s an

d a

pp

ly t

he

text

str

uct

ure

at

the

bo

tto

m o

f p

age

160

. Th

en s

tud

ents

can

ch

oo

se a

no

ther

qu

ota

tio

n, o

ne

that

is

im

po

rtan

t to

th

em, a

nd

ap

ply

th

e sa

me

text

str

uct

ure

.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between literary and informational texts with similar ideas and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between and across multiple texts of various genres and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections between and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make intertextual links among and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 79: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 71: Examining Quotations (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 80: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 72: Developing Sentence Variety

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Su

gges

ted

Pai

rin

gs -

R

efer

to

Gra

mm

ar K

ee

per

s:

Les

son

71.

Jo

inin

g Se

nte

nce

s Le

gally

Les

son

72.

Jo

inin

g Se

nte

nce

s Ill

egal

ly

Less

on

73.

Sen

ten

ce W

rin

ger

Pra

ctic

e

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Sugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

epe

rs:

Les

son

78

. P

itch

fork

ing

Usi

ng

Ba-

Da-

Bin

g

Les

son

80

. P

itch

fork

ing

Usi

ng

Des

crip

tio

ns

Les

son

81

. P

itch

fork

ing

Usi

ng

Sou

nd

s

Les

son

82

. P

itch

fork

ing

Usi

ng

Smel

ls/T

aste

s

Page 81: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 72: Developing Sentence Variety (page 2)

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C & 8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C & Eng. II 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Eng. III 17C & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Page 82: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 73: Using Personal Experiences to Support Opinions

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

In

th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

stu

den

ts w

ill b

len

d p

erso

nal

nar

rati

ve w

riti

ng

wit

h p

ersu

asiv

e w

riti

ng

as t

he

y

use

th

eir

pe

rso

nal

exp

erie

nce

s as

evi

den

ce o

r su

pp

ort

fo

r an

op

inio

n.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Page 83: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 73: Using Personal Experiences to Support Opinions (page 2)

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 84: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 74: Using Verbs and Adjectives to Back Up Opinions

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

S

ugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

- R

efer

to

Gra

mm

ar K

ee

pe

rs:

L

esso

n 8

7. V

erb

s

L

esso

n 8

8. A

dje

ctiv

es

Page 85: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 74: Using Verbs and Adjectives to Back Up Opinions (page 2)

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(i) verbs (past, present, future)

4.20A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active voice)

5.20A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active voice)

6.19A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active and passive voice)

7.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

8.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

Eng. I & Eng. II 17A more complex active and passive tenses and verbals (gerunds, infinitives, participles)

3.22A(iii) adjectives (e.g., descriptive: wooden, rectangular; limiting: this, that; articles: a, an, the)

4.20A(iii) adjectives (e.g., descriptive, including purpose: sleeping bag, frying pan) and their comparative and superlative forms (e.g., fast, faster, fastest)

5.20A(iii) adjectives (e.g., descriptive, including origins: French windows, American cars) and their comparative and superlative forms (e.g., good, better, best)

6.19A(iii) predicate adjectives (She is intelligent.) and their comparative and superlative forms (e.g., many, more, most)

Page 86: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 75: Making a Claim About a Historical Event

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

em

ic W

riti

ng

by

Gre

tch

en B

ern

abei

. TE

KS

alig

nm

ent

by

Gin

a G

rah

am.

© 2

01

6

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Expository Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about expository text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.13C identify explicit cause and effect relationships among ideas in texts

4.11C describe explicit and implicit relationships among ideas in texts organized by cause-and-effect, sequence, or comparison

5.11C analyze how the organizational pattern of a text (e.g., cause-and-effect, compare-and-contrast, sequential order, logical order, classification schemes) influences the relationships among ideas

6.10C explain how different organizational patterns (e.g., proposition-and-support, problem-and-solution) develop the main idea and the author’s viewpoint

7.10C use different organizational patterns as guides for summarizing and forming an overview of different kinds of expository text

8.10C & Eng. I 9C make subtle inferences and draw complex conclusions about the ideas in test and their organizational patterns

Eng. II 9C, Eng. III 9C & Eng. IV 9C make and defend subtle inferences and complex conclusions about the ideas in test and their organizational patterns

Ths

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty w

ill g

ive

stu

den

ts a

n o

pp

ort

un

ity

to w

rite

ab

ou

t h

isto

rica

l eve

nts

bei

ng

dis

cuss

ed in

cla

ss.

The

use

of

a

cau

se-a

nd

-eff

ect

org

aniz

atio

nal

str

uct

ure

will

su

pp

ort

stu

den

ts a

s th

ey f

ollo

w t

he

text

str

uct

ure

on

pag

e 1

68

.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Page 87: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 75: Making a Claim About a Historical Event (page 2)

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(i) verbs (past, present, future)

4.20A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active voice)

5.20A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active voice)

6.19A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active and passive voice)

7.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

8.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

Eng. I & Eng. II 17A more complex active and passive tenses and verbals (gerunds, infinitives, participles)

3.22A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases

4.20A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases to convey location, time, direction, or provide details

5.19A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases to convey location, time, direction, or provide details

6.19A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases to convey location, time, direction, or provide details

7.19A(v) prepositions and prepositional phrases and their influence on subject-verb agreement

3.23C(ii) commas in series and dates

4.21C(i) commas in compound sentences

5.21B(i) commas in compound sentences

6.20B(i) commas in compound sentences

7.20B(i) commas after introductory words, phrases, and clauses

8.20B(i) commas after introductory structures and dependent adverbial clauses, and correct punctuation of complex sentences

Eng. I 18B(ii) comma placement in nonrestrictive phrases, clauses, and contrasting expressions

Eng. II 18B(i) comma placement in nonrestrictive phrases, clauses, and contrasting expressions

S

ugg

este

d P

airi

ngs

-

Ref

er t

o G

ram

mar

Ke

ep

ers:

L

esso

n 4

8. C

om

mas

Aft

er B

egin

nin

g P

hra

ses/

Cla

use

s

L

esso

n 8

7. V

erb

s

L

esso

n 9

1. P

rep

osi

tio

ns

Page 88: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 76: Using Sensory Details

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Su

gges

ted

Pai

rin

g: I

con

Tea

chin

g Se

qu

ence

fro

m B

ern

abei

Wri

tin

g To

ols

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Page 89: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 76: Using Sensory Details (page 2)

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 90: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 77: Using Parentheses

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Su

gges

ted

Pai

rin

gs -

R

efer

to

Fu

n-S

ize

Aca

dem

ic W

riti

ng

for

Seri

ou

s Le

arn

ing

Les

son

4.

Usi

ng

Asi

des

Page 91: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 77: Using Parentheses (page 2)

Pu

nct

uat

ion

is a

dd

ress

ed in

K-2

(K

.17

C, 1

.21

C &

2.2

2C

(i))

wit

h t

he

Kn

ow

led

ge

and

Ski

lls s

tate

men

t: “

Stu

den

ts w

ill c

on

tin

ue

to a

pp

ly e

arlie

r st

and

ard

s w

ith

grea

ter

com

ple

xity

”. T

he

use

of

par

enth

eses

an

d o

ther

ad

van

ced

fo

rms

of

pu

nct

uat

ion

is in

tro

du

ced

in g

rad

e 6

(6

.20

B(i

i)).

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Oral and Written Convention/Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I-IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

K.17C use punctuation at the end of a sentence 1.21C recognize and use punctuation marks at the end of declarative, exclamatory, and interrogative sentences 2.22C recognize and use punctuation marks, including: (i) ending punctuation in sentences

6.20B(iii) parenthesis, brackets, and ellipses (to indicate omissions and interruptions or incomplete statements)

7.20B(ii) semicolons, colons, and hyphens

8.20B(ii) semicolons, colons, hyphens, parentheses, brackets, and ellipses

Eng. I 18B(iii) dashes to emphasize parenthetical information

Eng. II 18B(iii) dashes to emphasize parenthetical information

Page 92: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 78: Naming and Renaming

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Cre

ate

a t

-ch

art.

Stu

den

ts c

an p

ract

ice

“Nam

ing

and

Ren

amin

g” b

y th

inki

ng

of

som

eon

e o

r so

met

hin

g fo

r

th

e le

ft s

ide

of

the

t-ch

art

and

th

en r

eco

rd o

n t

he

righ

t si

de

dif

fere

nt

way

s to

ren

ame

th

e p

erso

n o

r o

bje

ct.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Page 93: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 78: Naming and Renaming (page 2)

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(iii) adjectives (e.g., descriptive: wooden, rectangular; limiting: this, that; articles: a, an, the)

4.20A(iii) adjectives (e.g., descriptive, including purpose: sleeping bag, frying pan) and their comparative and superlative forms (e.g., fast, faster, fastest)

5.20A(iii) adjectives (e.g., descriptive, including origins: French windows, American cars) and their comparative and superlative forms (e.g., good, better, best)

6.19A(iii) predicate adjectives (She is intelligent.) and their comparative and superlative forms (e.g., many, more, most)

Page 94: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 79: Using an Innovative Format

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Stu

den

ts m

ay n

eed

to

rea

d a

nd

dis

cuss

var

iou

s sa

mp

les

of

new

s st

ori

es/n

ews

rep

ort

s/n

ews

cast

s b

efo

re b

egin

nin

g th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

. St

ud

ents

will

als

o

dra

w u

po

n t

hei

r b

ackg

rou

nd

kn

ow

lde

ge f

rom

th

e re

adin

g st

ran

d -

med

ia li

tera

cy.

Stu

den

ts m

ay w

ant

to r

ead

alo

ud

or

pre

sen

t th

eir

revi

sed

“n

ew

scas

t”.

Reading/Media Literacy. Students use comprehension skills to analyze how words, images, graphics, and sounds work together in various forms to impact meaning. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater depth in increasingly more complex texts.

3.16A understand how communication changes when moving from one genre of media to another

4.14A explain the positive and negative impacts of advertisement techniques used in various genres of media to impact consumer behavior

5.14A explain how messages conveyed in various forms of media are presented differently (e.g., documentaries, online information, televised news)

6.13A explain messages conveyed in various forms of media

7. 13A interpret both explicit and implicit messages in various forms of media

8.13A evaluate the role of media in focusing attention on events and informing opinion on issues

Eng. I 12A compare and contrast how events are presented and information is communicated by visual images (e.g., graphic art, illustrations, news photographs) versus non-visual texts

Eng. II 12A, Eng. III 12A & Eng. IV 12A evaluate how messages presented in media reflect social and cultural views in ways different from traditional texts

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Page 95: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 79: Using an Innovative Format (page 2)

Th

e TE

KS

for

pro

du

cin

g a

mu

ltim

edia

pre

sen

tati

on

an

d li

sten

ing

spea

kin

g

a

re in

clu

ded

if s

tud

ents

rec

ord

an

d/o

r p

rese

nt

thei

r n

ew

scas

t.

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

6.17D & 7. 17D produce a multimedia presentation involving text and graphics using available technology

8.17D produce a multimedia presentation involving text, graphics, images, and sound using available technology

Eng. I 15D & Eng. II 15D produce a multimedia presentation (e.g., documentary, class newspaper, docudrama, infomercial, visual or textual parodies, theatrical production) with graphics, images, and sound that conveys a distinctive point of view and appeals to a specific audience

Eng. III 15D & Eng. IV 15D produce a multimedia presentation (e.g., documentary, class newspaper, docudrama, infomercial, visual or textual parodies, theatrical production) with graphics, images, and sound that appeals to a specific audience and synthesizes information from multiple points of view

Listening and Speaking/Speaking. Students speak clearly and to the point, using the conventions of language. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.30A speak coherently about the topic under discussion, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, and the conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

4.28A express an opinion supported by accurate information, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, and enunciation, and the conventions of language to communicate effectively

5.28A give organized presentations, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

6.27A give an organized presentation with a specific point of view, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

7.27A present a critique of a literary work, film, or dramatic production, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, a variety of natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

8.27A advocate a position using anecdotes, analogies, and/or illustrations, and use eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, a variety of natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. I 25A give presentations using informal, formal, and technical language effectively to meet the needs of audience purpose, and occasion, employing eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. II 25A advance a coherent argument that incorporates a clear thesis and a logical progression of valid evidence from reliable sources and that employs eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. III 25A give a formal presentation that exhibits a logical structure, smooth transitions, accurate evidence, well-chosen details, and rhetorical devices, and that employs eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. IV 25A formulate sound arguments by using elements of classical speeches (e.g., introduction, first and second transitions, body, and conclusion), the art of persuasion, rhetorical devices, eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Page 96: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 80: Using Internal Citations

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Beg

in b

y re

vie

win

g h

ow

qu

ota

tio

n m

arks

are

use

d t

o s

ign

ify

a d

irec

t q

uo

te.

Wh

en a

wri

ter

incl

ud

es p

arap

hra

sed

info

rmat

ion

, qu

ota

tio

n

m

arks

are

no

t u

sed

. W

hen

th

e w

ork

of

ano

ther

au

tho

r(s)

is in

clu

ded

in a

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng,

th

e ci

tati

on

is m

ade

usi

ng

par

enth

esis

w

ith

in t

he

bo

dy

of

the

text

.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (E) summarize information in text, maintaining meaning and logical order

Fig. 19 (E) summarize and paraphrase texts in ways that maintain meaning and logical order within a text and across texts

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between literary and informational texts with similar ideas and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections (e.g., thematic links, author analysis) between and across multiple texts of various genres and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make connections between and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Fig. 19 (F) make intertextual links among and across texts, including other media (e.g., film, play), and provide textual evidence

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Expository Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about expository text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

5.11E & 6.10D synthesize and make logical connections between ideas within a text and across two or three texts representing similar or different genres

7.10D & 8.10D synthesize and make logical connections between ideas within a text and across two or three texts representing similar or different genres, and support those findings with textual evidence

Eng. I 9D & Eng. II 9D synthesize and make logical connections between ideas and details in several texts selected to reflect a range of viewpoints on the same topic and support those findings with textual evidence

Eng. III 9D synthesize ideas and make logical connections (e.g., thematic links, author analyses) between and among multiple texts representing similar or different genres and technical sources and support those findings with textual evidence

Eng. IV 9D synthesize ideas and make logical connections (e.g., thematic links, author analyses) among multiple texts representing similar or different genres and technical sources and support those findings with textual evidence

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Page 97: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 80: Using Internal Citations (page 2)

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Oral and Written Conventions/ Handwriting, Capitalization, and Punctuation. (Grades 6-7 and Courses Eng. I – IV) Students write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. (Grade 8) Student write legibly and use appropriate capitalization and punctuation conventions in their compositions. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

4.21C(ii) quotation marks

5.21C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

6.20C(ii) proper punctuation and spacing for quotations

Eng. I 18B(i) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Eng. II 18B(ii) quotation marks to indicate sarcasm or irony

Research/Gathering Sources. Students determine, locate, and explore the full range of relevant sources addressing a research question and systematically record the information they gather.

3.26D & 4.42D identify the author, title, publisher, and publication year of sources

5.24D & 6.23D identify the source of notes (e.g., author, title, page number) and record bibliographic information concerning those sources according to a standard format

7.23C & 8.23C record bibliographic information (e.g., author, title, page number) for all notes and sources according to a standard format

Eng. I 21C & Eng. II 21C paraphrase, summarize, quote, and accurately cite all researched information according to a standard format (e.g., author, title, page number)

Eng. III 12C & Eng. IV 21C paragraph, summarize, quote, and accurately cite all researched information according to a standard format (e.g., author, title, page number), differentiating among primary, secondary, and other sources

Page 98: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 81: Drawing Editorial Cartoons

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Stu

den

ts m

ay n

eed

to

vie

w a

nd

dis

cuss

var

iou

s ed

ito

rial

car

too

ns

pri

or

to b

egin

nin

g th

is

w

riti

ng/

illu

stra

tin

g ac

tivi

ty.

Infe

ren

tial

th

inki

ng

is k

ey t

o u

nd

erst

and

ing

cart

oo

ns

and

s

tud

ents

will

ap

ply

th

is k

no

wle

dge

as

they

cre

ate

thei

r o

wn

ed

ito

rial

car

too

ns.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text using textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences (e.g., inductive and deductive) about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Reading/Media Literacy. Students use comprehension skills to analyze how words, images, graphics, and sounds work together in various forms to impact meaning. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater depth in increasingly more complex texts.

3.16A understand how communication changes when moving from one genre of media to another

4.14A explain the positive and negative impacts of advertisement techniques used in various genres of media to impact consumer behavior

5.14A explain how messages conveyed in various forms of media are presented differently (e.g., documentaries, online information, televised news)

6.13A explain messages conveyed in various forms of media

7. 13A interpret both explicit and implicit messages in various forms of media

8.13A evaluate the role of media in focusing attention on events and informing opinion on issues

Eng. I 12A compare and contrast how events are presented and information is communicated by visual images (e.g., graphic art, illustrations, news photographs) versus non-visual texts

Eng. II 12A, Eng. III 12A & Eng. IV 12A evaluate how messages presented in media reflect social and cultural views in ways different from traditional texts

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 99: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 81: Drawing Editorial Cartoons (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments

based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 100: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 82: Knocking Down the Opposition

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

em

ic W

riti

ng

by

Gre

tch

en B

ern

abei

. TE

KS

alig

nm

ent

by

Gin

a G

rah

am.

© 2

01

6

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty g

ives

stu

den

ts t

he

op

po

rtu

nit

y to

co

nsi

der

op

pp

osi

ng

sid

es t

o a

n a

rgu

men

t. S

tud

ents

cra

ft

thei

r es

say

in a

way

to

ad

dre

sses

th

e o

pp

osi

tio

n w

hile

mak

ing

thei

r p

osi

tio

n s

eem

to

be

the

bes

t so

luti

on

.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 101: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 82: Knocking Down the Opposition (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 102: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 83: Using Quirky Mental Images in an Argument

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

R

ead

ers

use

th

e co

mp

reh

ensi

on

str

ateg

y o

f vi

sual

izat

ion

to

“se

e”

wh

at t

he

auth

or

crea

tes

in h

is/h

er w

riti

ng.

Stu

den

ts w

ill u

se t

his

st

rate

gy a

s a

wri

ter

wh

en t

he

y in

clu

de

sen

sory

lan

guag

e th

at h

elp

s th

e re

ader

vis

ual

ize

eve

nts

tak

ing

pla

ce in

a p

iece

of

wri

tin

g.

Fig. 19 (C) monitor and adjust comprehension (e.g., using background knowledge, creating sensory images, rereading a portion aloud, generating questions)

Fig. 19 (C) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., summarizing and synthesizing; making textual, personal, and world connections; creating sensory images

Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking question, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 103: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 83: Using Quirky Mental Images in an Argument (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 104: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 84: Using Question and Answer to Frame an Argument

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

S

har

e Lo

rele

i’s p

iece

on

pag

e 1

87.

Dis

cuss

ho

w L

ore

lei u

sed

ele

men

ts o

f re

sear

ch t

o c

om

po

se a

co

hes

ive

essa

y.

Th

e am

ou

nt

of

rese

arch

req

uir

ed f

or

this

wri

tin

g ac

itiv

ity

will

be

de

term

ined

by

the

teac

her

an

d s

tud

ents

.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, and evaluative questions of text

Fig. 19 (B) ask literal, interpretive, evaluative, and universal questions of text Fig. 19 (A) reflect on understanding to monitor comprehension (e.g., asking questions, summarizing and synthesizing, making connections, creating sensory images)

Research/Research Plan. Students ask open-ended questions and develop a plan for answering them.

3.25A & 4.23A generate research topics from personal interests or by brainstorming with others, narrow to one topic, and formulate open-ended questions about the major research topic

5.23A & 6.22A brainstorm, consult with others, decide upon a topic, and formulate open-ended questions to address the major research topic

7.22A, 8.22A & Eng. I-IV 20A brainstorm, consult with others, decide upon a topic, and formulate a major research question to address the major research topic

3.25B & 4.23B generate a research plan for gathering relevant information (e.g., surveys, interviews, encyclopedias) about the major research question

5.23B & 6.22B generate a research plan for gathering relevant information about the major research question

7.22B & 8.22B apply steps for obtaining and evaluating information from a wide variety of sources and create a written plan after preliminary research in reference works and additional text searches

Eng. I 20B & Eng. II 20B formulate a plan for engaging in research on a complex, multifaceted topic

Eng. III 20B & Eng. IV 20B formulate a plan for engaging in in-depth research on a complex, multifaceted topic

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 105: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 84: Using Question and Answer to Frame an Argument (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 106: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 85: Writing a Letter to Raise Awareness About a Social Problem

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Stu

den

ts n

eed

to

hav

e an

un

der

stan

din

g o

f ca

use

-an

d-e

ffec

t as

a t

ext

stru

ctu

re a

nd

org

aniz

atio

nal

str

ate

gy.

Ask

stu

den

ts t

o id

enti

fy a

pro

ble

m t

hat

th

ey w

ou

ld li

ke t

o a

dd

ress

in a

n e

ssay

or

lett

er. I

t w

ill b

e im

po

rtan

t to

hel

p s

tud

ents

det

erm

ine

to w

ho

m t

he

y w

ill a

dd

ress

th

eir

con

cern

(an

org

aniz

atio

n, a

bu

sin

ess,

or

an in

div

idu

al).

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Culture and History. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about the author’s purpose in cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding.

3.13C identify explicit cause and effect relationships among ideas in texts

4.11C describe explicit and implicit relationships among ideas in texts organized by cause and effect, sequence, or comparison

5.11C analyze how the organizational pattern of a text (e.g., cause-and-effect, compare-and-contrast, sequential order, logical order, classification schemes) influences the relationships among the ideas

6.10C explain how different organizational patterns (e.g., proposition-and-support, problem-and-solution) develop the main idea and the author’s viewpoint

7.10C use different organizational patterns as guides for summarizing and forming an overview of different kinds of expository text

8.10C & Eng. I 9C make subtle inferences and draw complex conclusions about ideas in text and their organizational patterns

Eng. II – Eng. IV 9C make and defend subtle inferences and complex conclusions about the ideas in text and their organizational patterns

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Page 107: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 86: Using Repetition (Anaphora) for Emphasis and Style

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

A

nap

ho

ra is

no

t ex

plic

itly

sta

ted

in t

heT

EKS.

It

is a

rh

eto

rica

l o

r st

ylis

tic

dev

ise

that

wri

ters

can

ch

oo

se

t

o u

se in

th

eir

wri

tin

g to

sh

ow

a h

igh

deg

ree

of

emo

tio

n a

nd

/or

com

mit

men

t. P

artn

ers

can

rea

d a

lou

d

e

ach

pec

e o

f w

riti

ng

to s

ee if

th

e w

rite

r h

as c

reat

ed t

he

des

ired

eff

ect.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Page 108: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 86: Using Repetition (Anaphora) for Emphasis and Style (page 2)

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Listening and Speaking/Speaking. Students speak clearly and to the point, using the conventions of language. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.30A speak coherently about the topic under discussion, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, and the conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

4.28A express an opinion supported by accurate information, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, and enunciation, and the conventions of language to communicate effectively

5.28A give organized presentations, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

6.27A give an organized presentation with a specific point of view, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

7.27A present a critique of a literary work, film, or dramatic production, employing eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, a variety of natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

8.27A advocate a position using anecdotes, analogies, and/or illustrations, and use eye contact, speaking rate, volume, enunciation, a variety of natural gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. I 25A give presentations using informal, formal, and technical language effectively to meet the needs of audience purpose, and occasion, employing eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. II 25A advance a coherent argument that incorporates a clear thesis and a logical progression of valid evidence from reliable sources and that employs eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. III 25A give a formal presentation that exhibits a logical structure, smooth transitions, accurate evidence, well-chosen details, and rhetorical devices, and that employs eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Eng. IV 25A formulate sound arguments by using elements of classical speeches (e.g., introduction, first and second transitions, body, and conclusion), the art of persuasion, rhetorical devices, eye contact, speaking rate (e.g., pauses for effect), volume, enunciation, purposeful gestures, and conventions of language to communicate ideas effectively

Page 109: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 87: Keeping an Argument From Sliding Into a Personal Narrative

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

T

his

less

on

is a

n im

po

rtan

t w

rtin

g ac

tivi

ty f

or

stu

den

ts.

Stu

den

ts n

eed

to

hav

e o

pp

ort

un

ites

to

pra

ctic

e th

e ar

t o

f w

eavi

ng

pes

on

al e

xper

ien

ces

into

p

ersu

asiv

e w

riti

ng.

If

do

ne

wel

l, t

hes

e b

rief

an

ecd

ote

s ar

e al

mo

st li

ke “

fact

s” t

hat

su

pp

ort

th

e w

rite

r’s

po

siti

on

. M

ake

an a

nch

or

char

t (t

-ch

art)

wit

h

t

he

ele

men

ts o

f p

erso

nal

nar

rati

ve w

riti

ng

in o

ne

colu

mn

an

d p

ersu

asiv

e w

riti

ng

in t

he

oth

er c

olu

mn

. A

s st

ud

ents

hig

hlig

ht

(yel

low

an

d b

lue)

To

ri’s

w

riti

ng

on

pag

e 19

3, a

dd

th

ese

exam

ple

s th

e an

cho

r ch

art

as a

way

to

mak

e vi

sib

le t

he

two

wri

tin

g st

yes

Tori

use

s in

her

wri

tin

g.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Page 110: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 87: Keeping an Argument From Sliding Into a Personal Narrative (page 2)

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Page 111: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 88: Creating a Poster for Persuasion

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

em

ic W

riti

ng

by

Gre

tch

en B

ern

abei

. TE

KS

alig

nm

ent

by

Gin

a G

rah

am.

© 2

01

6

S

tud

ents

may

nee

d t

o v

iew

an

d d

iscu

ss e

xam

ple

s o

f p

ost

ers

or

bill

bo

ard

s ad

vert

isin

g a

per

son

, pla

ce o

r th

ing.

Stu

den

ts n

eed

to

dis

cuss

ho

w t

hes

e fo

rms

of

m

edia

are

use

d t

o p

ersu

ade

oth

ers.

In

fere

nti

al t

hin

kin

g is

ke

y to

co

mp

reh

ensi

on

( b

ig id

eas

exp

ress

ed in

few

wo

rds)

. Te

ach

ers

may

als

o w

ant

to r

evie

w

a

uth

or’

s p

urp

ose

wit

h s

tud

ents

. Is

the

auth

or

tryi

ng

to c

han

ge t

he

way

th

e re

ader

th

inks

or

con

vin

ce t

he

read

er t

o a

gree

wit

h t

hei

r p

osi

tio

n?

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text using textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences (e.g., inductive and deductive) about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Reading/Media Literacy. Students use comprehension skills to analyze how words, images, graphics, and sounds work together in various forms to impact meaning. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater depth in increasingly more complex texts.

3.16A understand how communication changes when moving from one genre of media to another

4.14A explain the positive and negative impacts of advertisement techniques used in various genres of media to impact consumer behavior

5.14A explain how messages conveyed in various forms of media are presented differently (e.g., documentaries, online information, televised news)

6.13A explain messages conveyed in various forms of media

7. 13A interpret both explicit and implicit messages in various forms of media

8.13A evaluate the role of media in focusing attention on events and informing opinion on issues

Eng. I 12A compare and contrast how events are presented and information is communicated by visual images (e.g., graphic art, illustrations, news photographs) versus non-visual texts

Eng. II 12A, Eng. III 12A & Eng. IV 12A evaluate how messages presented in media reflect social and cultural views in ways different from traditional texts

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 112: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 88: Creating a Poster for Persuasion (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments

based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 113: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 89: Using Analogies to Show, Not Tell

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

T

wo

key

rea

din

g co

mp

reh

ensi

on

str

ate

gies

are

imp

ora

nt

to t

he

dev

elo

pm

ent

of

this

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng:

mak

ing

infe

ren

ces

and

mak

ing

text

-to

-sel

f-

c

on

nec

tio

ns.

Stu

den

ts w

ill n

eed

to

hav

e b

ackg

rou

nd

kn

ow

led

ge o

f an

alo

gies

an

d h

ow

wri

ters

use

an

alo

gies

to

mak

e a

con

nec

tio

n t

o t

he

read

er.

I

f yo

u a

re lo

oki

ng

for

a w

ay t

o d

iffe

ren

tiat

e b

etw

een

an

alo

gy a

nd

me

tap

ho

r, r

efer

to

th

is in

form

atio

n f

ou

nd

at:

h

ttp

://w

ww

.sp

ellin

gcit

y.co

m/a

nal

ogi

es.h

tml.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text using textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences (e.g., inductive and deductive) about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Persuasive Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about persuasive text and provide evidence from text to support their analysis.

3.14A Identify what the author is trying to persuade the reader to think or do

4.12A explain how an author uses language to present information to influence what the reader thinks or does

5.12A identify the author’s viewpoint or position and explain the basic relationship among ideas (e.g., parallelism, comparison, causality) in the argument

6.11A compare and contrast the structure and viewpoints of two different authors writing for the same purpose, noting the stated claim and supporting evidence

7. 11A analyze the structure of the central argument in contemporary policy speeches (e.g., argument by cause and effect, analogy, authority) and identify the different types of evidence used to support the argument

8.11A compare and contrast persuasive texts that reached different conclusions about the same issue and explain how the authors reached their conclusions through analyzing the evidence each presents

Eng. I 10A analyze the relevance, quality, and credibility of evidence given to support or oppose an argument for a specific audience

Eng. II 10A explain

shifts in perspective in arguments about the same topic and evaluate the accuracy of the evidence used to support the different viewpoints within those arguments

Eng. III 10A evaluate how the author’s purpose and stated or perceived audience affect the tone of persuasive texts

Eng. IV 10A evaluate the merits of an argument, action, or policy by analyzing the relationships (e.g., implication, necessity, sufficiency) among evidence, inferences, assumptions, and claims in text

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Page 114: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 89: Using Analogies to Show, Not Tell (page 2)

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Page 115: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 90: Anticipating and Overcoming Objections

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty b

rin

gs t

oge

ther

th

e el

em

ents

of

wri

tin

g a

per

suas

ive

tex

t (e

stab

lish

ing

a p

osi

tio

n a

nd

res

on

din

g to

alt

ern

ativ

es a

nd

/or

con

cern

s).

Ho

wev

er, i

nst

ead

of

a tr

adit

ion

al p

ersu

asiv

e es

say,

stu

den

ts w

ill w

rite

th

eir

essa

y in

th

e fo

rm o

f a

lett

er.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Page 116: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 90: Anticipating and Overcoming Objections (page 2)

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Page 117: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 91: Anticipating a Reader’s Objections

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Wri

ters

oft

en m

ake

infe

ren

ces

wh

en t

hey

pre

dic

t o

r an

tici

pat

e w

hat

rea

der

s m

ay b

e th

inki

ng.

Aft

er

read

ing

Ste

tso

n’s

ess

ay o

n p

age

20

1, r

ead

ers

will

use

thei

r in

fere

nci

ng

skill

s to

dra

w s

tick

fig

ure

s in

th

e m

argi

n, a

dd

ing

wo

rd b

ub

ble

s w

ith

co

mm

ents

sh

ow

ing

wh

at t

he

char

acte

r m

ay b

e th

inki

ng

in r

esp

nse

to

the

wri

tin

g. S

tud

ents

will

infe

r w

hat

rea

der

s m

ay t

hin

k w

hen

usi

ng

the

“mak

ing

a sa

les

pit

ch”

text

str

uct

ure

on

pag

e 2

00

. S

tud

ents

will

als

o r

ely

on

infe

ren

cin

g sk

ills

wh

en d

raw

ing

thei

r ar

gum

ent

as a

co

mic

str

ip.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text using textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences (e.g., inductive and deductive) about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Reading/Media Literacy. Students use comprehension skills to analyze how words, images, graphics, and sounds work together in various forms to impact meaning. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater depth in increasingly more complex texts.

3.16A understand how communication changes when moving from one genre of media to another

4.14A explain the positive and negative impacts of advertisement techniques used in various genres of media to impact consumer behavior

5.14A explain how messages conveyed in various forms of media are presented differently (e.g., documentaries, online information, televised news)

6.13A explain messages conveyed in various forms of media

7. 13A interpret both explicit and implicit messages in various forms of media

8.13A evaluate the role of media in focusing attention on events and informing opinion on issues

Eng. I 12A compare and contrast how events are presented and information is communicated by visual images (e.g., graphic art, illustrations, news photographs) versus non-visual texts

Eng. II 12A, Eng. III 12A & Eng. IV 12A evaluate how messages presented in media reflect social and cultural views in ways different from traditional texts

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Page 118: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 91: Anticipating a Reader’s Objections (page 2)

Eng. 1 16B

consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 119: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 92: Using Hyperbole for Effect

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

T

he

read

er n

eed

s to

be

able

to

iden

tify

pla

ces

in t

he

wri

tten

te

xt w

hen

th

e au

tho

r h

as c

ho

sen

to

use

hyp

erb

ole

(ex

agge

rati

on

). T

hen

th

e re

ader

mu

st in

fer

wh

y th

e

a

uth

or

wo

uld

use

th

is r

ehet

ori

cal d

evic

e a

nd

did

th

e w

rite

r ac

hie

ve t

he

des

ired

eff

ect.

Hyp

erb

ole

is in

clu

ded

in t

he

TEK

S in

En

g. II

I13

C a

nd

En

g. IV

13

C a

s p

art

of

t

he

revi

sio

n p

roce

ss.

The

stu

den

t ex

pec

tati

on

s fo

r En

g. II

I 16F

& E

ng.

IV 1

6F i

ncl

ud

es t

he

use

of

rhet

ori

cal d

evic

es t

o b

ack

up

ass

erti

on

s (e

.g.,

ap

pea

ls t

o lo

gic,

e

mo

tio

ns,

an

d e

thic

al b

elie

fs).

Th

e u

se o

f ex

agge

rati

on

/hyp

erb

ole

is a

lso

incl

ud

ed in

th

e re

adin

g co

mp

reh

ensi

on

str

ateg

ies

for

sen

sory

lan

guag

e an

d p

ersu

asiv

e te

xt.

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text using textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences (e.g., inductive and deductive) about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Reading/Comprehension of Informational Text/Persuasive Text. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about persuasive text and provide evidence from text to support their analysis.

5.12B recognize exaggerated, contradictory, or misleading statements in text

6.11B identify simply faulty reasoning used in persuasive texts

7.11B identify such rhetorical fallacies as ad hominem, exaggeration, stereotyping, or categorical claims in persuasive texts

8.11B analyze the use of such rhetorical and logical fallacies as loaded terms, caricatures, leading questions, false assumptions, and incorrect premises in persuasive texts

Eng. I 10B analyze famous speeches for the rhetorical structures and devices used to convince the reader of the authors’ propositions

Eng. II 10B analyze contemporary political debates for such rhetorical and logical fallacies as appeals to commonly held opinions, false dilemmas, appeals to pity, and personal attacks

Eng. III 10B analyze historical and contemporary political debates for such logical fallacies as non-sequiturs, circular logic, and hasty generalizations

Eng. IV 10B draw conclusions about the credibility of persuasive text by examining its implicit and stated assumptions about an issue as conveyed by the specific use of language

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

Page 120: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 92: Using Hyperbole for Effect (page 2)

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 121: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 93: Discovering a Problem, Proposing a Solution

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Ref

er t

o L

esso

n 8

7: K

eep

ing

an A

rgu

men

t Fr

om

Slid

ing

Into

a P

erso

nal

Nar

rati

ve.

Stu

den

ts w

ill in

clu

de

per

son

al e

xper

ien

ces/

anec

do

tes

in t

his

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty, b

ut

the

ove

rall

pu

rpo

se o

f th

is c

om

po

siti

on

is t

o d

iscu

ss a

pro

ble

m a

lon

g w

ith

po

ssib

le s

olu

tio

ns

in h

op

es o

f p

ersu

adin

g o

ther

s to

take

act

ion

.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes:

3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Page 122: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 93: Discovering a Problem, Proposing a Solution (page 2)

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Page 123: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 94: Weaving Information Into a Persuasive Argument

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

This

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty b

rin

gs t

oge

ther

th

e el

em

ents

of

wri

tin

g a

per

suas

ive

tex

t (e

stab

lish

ing

a p

osi

tio

n a

nd

res

on

din

g to

alt

ern

ativ

es a

nd

/or

con

cern

s).

Ho

wev

er, i

nst

ead

of

a tr

adit

ion

al p

ersu

asiv

e es

say,

stu

den

ts w

ill w

rite

th

eir

essa

y in

th

e fo

rm o

f a

lett

er.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Page 124: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 94: Weaving Information Into a Persuasive Argument (page 2)

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20B & 4.18B write letters whose language is tailored to the audience and purpose (e.g., a thank you note to a friend) and that use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

5.18B write formal and informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

6.17B write informal letters that convey ideas, include important information, demonstrate a sense of closure, and use appropriate conventions (e.g., date, salutation, closing)

7.17B & 8.17B write a letter that reflects an opinion, registers a complaint, or requests information in a business or friendly context

Eng. I 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques

Eng. II 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., instructions, e-mails, correspondence, memos, project plans) that include: (i) organized and accurately conveyed information; (ii) reader-friendly formatting techniques; (iii) anticipation of readers’ questions

Eng. III 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and consider their needs; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Eng. IV 15B write procedural or work-related documents (e.g., resumes, proposals, college applications, operation manuals) that include: (v) appropriate organizational structures supported by facts and details (documented if appropriate); (i) a clearly stated purpose combined with a well-supported viewpoint on the topic; (ii) appropriate formatting structures (e.g., headings, graphics, white space); (iii) relevant questions that engage readers and address their potential problems and misunderstandings; (iv) accurate technical information in accessible language

Page 125: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 95: Writing a Descriptive Lead

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Th

is w

riti

ng

acti

vity

giv

es s

tud

ents

th

e o

pp

ort

un

ity

to d

escr

ibe

the

char

acte

r tr

aits

of

a p

erso

n t

hey

ad

mir

e. T

he

stu

den

t

ex

pec

tati

on

s fo

un

d in

th

e re

adin

g st

ran

d f

or

char

acte

r an

alys

is a

nd

sen

sory

lan

guag

e ar

e tr

ansf

erre

d a

nd

ap

plie

d a

s

st

ud

ents

wri

te e

ffec

tive

des

crip

tive

lead

s w

ith

sta

ted

or

imp

lied

th

esis

sta

tem

ents

.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Page 126: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 95: Writing a Descriptive Lead (page 2)

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 127: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 96: Using Third-Person Examples in an Argument

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Firs

t an

d t

hir

d-p

erso

n p

oin

t o

f vi

ew

are

incl

ud

ed in

th

e TE

KS

for

read

ing

litea

ry t

ext.

Stu

den

ts n

eed

to

be

fam

iliar

wit

h t

he

vary

ing

po

ints

of

view

– m

ento

r te

xt e

xam

ple

s w

ill b

e h

elp

stu

de

nts

iden

tify

eac

h p

ersp

ecti

ve.

Then

stu

den

ts c

an u

se N

ich

ola

s’s

pie

ce

on

pag

e 21

1 to

sh

ow

case

ho

w w

rite

rs u

se t

hir

d-p

erso

n e

xam

ple

s w

hen

th

ey w

ant

thei

r w

riti

ng

to r

ead

like

an

art

icle

ad

voca

tin

g

for

som

eth

ing

imp

ort

ant

to t

he

wri

ter.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8C & 4.6C identify whether the narrator or speaker of a story is first or third person

5.6C explain different forms of third-person points of view in stories

6.6C describe different forms of point of view, including first- and third-person

7.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including first-person, third-person omniscient, and third-person limited

8.6C analyze different forms of point of view, including limited versus omniscient, subjective versus objective

Eng. I 5C analyze the way in which a work of fiction is shaped by the narrator’s point of view

Eng. II 5C evaluate the connection between forms of narration (e.g., unreliable, omniscient) and tone in works of fiction

Eng. III 5C analyze the impact of narration when the narrator’s point of view shifts from one character to another

Eng. IV 5C compare and contrast the effects of different forms of narration across various genres of fiction

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 128: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 96: Using Third-Person Examples in an Argument (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Page 129: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 97: Using Opposites (Antithesis) to Make an Impact

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Ther

e is

no

t a

spec

ific

TEK

S fo

r an

tith

esis

. A

nti

thes

is w

ill b

e ta

ugh

t w

hen

oth

er r

het

ori

cal d

evic

es a

re b

ein

g ta

ugh

t. T

his

is a

wri

tin

g sk

ill m

ost

llik

ely

emp

loye

d b

y sk

illfu

l

wri

ters

wh

o a

re r

ead

y to

pre

sen

t va

ryin

g vi

ewp

oin

ts in

th

eir

wri

tin

g. S

tud

ents

will

nee

d g

uid

ance

to

un

der

stan

d t

hat

th

e u

se o

f an

tith

esis

sh

ou

ld n

ot

con

fuse

th

e re

ader

,

bu

t m

ake

the

wri

ter’

s th

esis

cle

ar t

o t

he

read

er.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Page 130: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 97: Using Opposites (Antithesis) to Make an Impact (page 2)

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Page 131: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 98: Revising an Argument for Length

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

T

his

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty g

ives

stu

den

ts t

he

op

po

rtu

nit

y to

un

der

stan

d h

ow

rev

isin

g an

ess

ay f

or

len

gth

can

en

han

ce t

he

ove

rall

p

iece

of

wri

tin

g. S

tud

ents

will

wan

t to

sh

are

ori

gin

al/r

evis

ed d

raft

s w

ith

oth

ers

and

dis

cuss

wh

at c

han

ges

wer

e m

ade.

Did

th

e

“g

ist”

of

the

wri

tin

g re

mai

n c

on

sist

ent?

Did

th

e w

rite

r in

clu

de

the

“rig

ht

amo

un

t” o

f im

po

rtan

t in

form

atio

n?

Aft

er

com

par

ing

t

he

ori

gin

al e

ssay

wit

h t

he

revi

sed

ess

ay, a

sk s

tud

ents

wh

ich

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng

they

pre

fer

and

exp

lain

wh

y.

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Fiction. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about the structure and elements of fiction and provide evidence from text to support their understanding.

3.8B & 4.6B describe the interaction of characters including their relationships and the changes they undergo.

5.6B explain the roles and functions of characters in various plots, including their relationships and conflicts

6.6B recognize dialect and conversational voice and explain how authors use dialect to convey character

7.6B analyze the development of the plot through the internal and external responses of the characters, including their motivations and conflicts

8.6B analyze how the central characters’ qualities influence the theme of a fictional work and resolution of the central conflict

Eng. I 5B analyze how authors develop complex yet believable characters in works of fiction through a range of literary devices, including character foils

Eng. II 5B analyze differences in the characters moral dilemmas in works of fiction across different countries or cultures

Eng. III 5B analyze the internal and external development of characters through a range of literary devices

Eng. IV 5B analyze the moral dilemmas and quandaries presented in works of fiction as revealed by the underlying motivations and behaviors of the characters

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Sensory Language. Students understand, make inferences and draw conclusions about how an author’s sensory language creates imagery in literary text and provide evidence from text to support their understanding. 3.10A identify language that creates a graphic, visual experience and appeals to the senses

4.8A identify the author’s use of similes and metaphors to produce imagery

5.8A evaluate the impact of sensory details, imagery, and figurative language in literary text

6.8A explain how authors create meaning through stylistic elements and figurative language emphasizing the use of personification, hyperbole, and refrains

7.8A determine the figurative meaning of phrases and analyze how an author’s use of language creates imagery, appeals to the senses, and suggests mood

8.8A explain the effect of similes and extended metaphors in literary text

Eng. I 7A explain the role of irony, sarcasm, and paradox in literary works

Eng. II 7A explain the function of symbolism, allegory, and allusions in literary works

Eng. III 7A analyze the meaning of classical, mythological, and biblical allusions in words, phrases, passages, and literary works

Eng. IV 7A analyze how the author’s patterns of imagery, literary allusions, and conceits reveal theme, set tone, and create meaning in metaphors, passages, and literary works

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

3.17C & 4.15C revise drafts for coherence, organization, use of simple and compound sentences, and audience

5. 15C & 6.14C revise drafts to clarify meaning, enhance style, include simple and compound sentences, and improve transitions by adding, deleting, combining, and rearranging sentences or larger units of text after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

7. 14C & 8.14C revise drafts to ensure precise word choice and vivid images; consistent point of view; use of simple, compound, and complex sentences; internal and external coherence; and the use of effective transitions after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience; and genre have been addressed

Eng. I 13C & Eng. II 13C revise drafts to improve style, word choice, figurative language, sentence variety, and subtlety of meaning after rethinking how well questions of purpose, audience, and genre have been addressed

Eng. III 13C & Eng. IV 13C revise drafts to clarify meaning and achieve specific rhetorical purposes, consistency of tone, and logical organization by rearranging the words, sentences, and paragraphs to employ tropes, (e.g., metaphors, similes, analogies, hyperbole, understatement, rhetorical questions, irony), schemes (e.g., parallelism, antithesis, inverted word order, repetition, reversed structures), and by adding transitional words and phrases

Page 132: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 98: Revising an Argument for Length (page 2)

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 133: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 2. Informative/Explanatory - Lesson 99: Using the Literary Present Tense to Present an Argument

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

T

his

wri

tin

g ac

tivi

ty g

ives

stu

den

ts t

he

op

po

rtu

nit

y to

fo

cus

on

ver

b t

ense

(p

rese

nt

ten

se v

erb

s).

Stu

den

ts m

ay w

ant

to

t

ake

this

pie

ce o

f w

riti

ng

thro

ugh

th

e en

tire

wri

tin

g p

roce

ss in

clu

din

g, r

evis

ing,

ed

itin

g an

d p

ub

lish

ing.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate an understanding of the text

4. 18C, 5.18C & 6.17C write responses to literary or expository texts and provide evidence from the text to demonstrate understanding

7.17C & 8.17C write responses to literary or expository texts that demonstrate the writing skills for multi-paragraph essays and provide sustained evidence from the text using quotations when appropriate

Eng. I 15C & Eng. II 15C write an interpretative response to an expository or a literary text (e.g., essay or review) that: (i) extends beyond a summary and literal analysis; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay and provides evidence from the text using embedded quotations; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices

Eng. III 15C & Eng. IV 15C write an interpretation of an expository or a literary text that: (i) advances a clear thesis statement; (ii) addresses the writing skills for an analytical essay, including references to and commentary on quotations from the text; (iii) analyzes the aesthetic effects of an author’s use of stylistic or rhetorical devices; (iv) identifies and analyzes the ambiguities, nuances, and complexities within the text; (v) anticipates and responds to readers’ questions or contradictory information

Oral and Written Conventions/Conventions. Students understand the function of and use the conventions of academic language when speaking and writing. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater complexity.

3.22A(I) & 4.20A(i) verbs (past, present, future)

5.20A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active voice)

6.19A(i) verbs (irregular verbs and active and passive voice)

7.19A(i) & 8.19A(i) verbs (perfect and progressive tenses) and participles

Eng. I 17A(i) & Eng. II 17A(i) more complex active and passive tenses and verbals (gerunds, infinitives, participles)

3.22C, 4.20C, 5.20C & 6.19C use complete simple and compound sentences with correct subject-verb agreement

7.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

8.19C use a variety of complete sentences (e.g., simple, compound, complex) that include properly placed modifiers, correctly identified antecedents parallel structures, and consistent tenses

Eng. I 17C, Eng. II 17C, Eng. III 17C, & Eng. IV 17C use a variety of correctly structured sentences (e.g., compound, complex, compound-complex)

Page 134: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 100: Making Inferences From Pictures

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

Rev

iew

th

eme

(a t

ruis

m o

r lif

e le

sso

n)

wit

h s

tud

ents

. Ex

pla

in h

ow

th

ey w

ill w

eave

th

e t

ruis

m in

to t

hei

r p

iece

of

wri

tin

g. T

he

sam

ple

on

pag

e 2

19

intr

od

uce

s th

e tr

uis

m (

“Ou

r fa

mili

es h

elp

mak

e u

s w

ho

we

are

.”)

in t

he

firs

t p

arag

rap

h.

The

wri

ter

then

wri

tes

a b

rief

per

son

al n

arra

tive

exp

lain

ing

wh

at is

hap

pen

ing

in t

he

pic

ture

. Th

e fi

nal

par

agra

ph

an

d c

on

clu

sio

n s

tate

th

e tu

rism

(al

mo

st li

ke a

fac

t).

Figure 19 Comprehension Skills

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text using textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (D) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Fig. 19 (B) make complex inferences (e.g., inductive and deductive) about text and use textual evidence to support understanding

Reading/Comprehension of Literary Text/Theme and Genre. Students analyze, make inferences and draw conclusions about theme and genre in different cultural, historical, and contemporary contexts and provide evidence from the text to support their understanding.

3.5A paraphrase the themes and supporting details of fables, legends, myths, or stories

4.3A summarize and explain the lesson or message of a work of fiction as its theme

5.3A compare and contrast the themes or moral lessons of several works of fiction from various cultures

6.3A infer the implicit theme of a work of fiction, distinguishing theme from the topic

7.3A describe multiple themes in a work of fiction

8.3A analyze literary works that share similar themes across cultures

Eng. I 2A analyze how the genre of texts with similar themes shapes meaning

Eng. II 2A compare and contrast differences in similar themes expressed in different time periods

Eng. III 2A analyze the way in which the theme or meaning of a selections represents a view or comment on the human condition

Eng. IV 2A compare and contrast works of literature that express a universal theme

Reading/Media Literacy. Students use comprehension skills to analyze how words, images, graphics, and sounds work together in various forms to impact meaning. Students will continue to apply earlier standards with greater depth in increasingly more complex texts.

3.16A understand how communication changes when moving from one genre of media to another

4.14A explain the positive and negative impacts of advertisement techniques used in various genres of media to impact consumer behavior

5.14A explain how messages conveyed in various forms of media are presented differently (e.g., documentaries, online information, televised news)

6.13A explain messages conveyed in various forms of media

7. 13A interpret both explicit and implicit messages in various forms of media

8.13A evaluate the role of media in focusing attention on events and informing opinion on issues

Eng. I 12A compare and contrast how events are presented and information is communicated by visual images (e.g., graphic art, illustrations, news photographs) versus non-visual texts

Eng. II 12A, Eng. III 12A & Eng. IV 12A evaluate how messages presented in media reflect social and cultural views in ways different from traditional texts

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences

Page 135: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 100: Making Inferences From Pictures (page 2)

Writing/Expository and Procedural Texts. Students write expository and procedural or work-related texts to communicate ideas and information to specific audiences for specific purposes.

3.20A & 4.18A create brief compositions that: (i) establish a central idea in a topic sentence; (iii) contain a concluding statement; (ii) include supporting sentences with simple facts, details, and explanations

5.18A & 6.17A create multi-paragraph essays to convey information about the topic that: (i) present effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) guide and inform the reader’s understanding of key ideas and evidence; (iii) include specific facts, details, and examples in an appropriately organized structure; (iv) use a variety of sentence structures and transitions to link paragraphs

7.17A & 8.17A write multi-paragraph essay to convey information about a topic that: (i) presents effective introductions and concluding paragraphs; (ii) contains a clearly stated purpose or controlling idea; (iii) is logically organized with appropriate facts and details and includes no extraneous information or inconsistencies; (v) uses a variety of sentence structures, rhetorical devices, and transitions to link paragraphs; (iv) accurately synthesizes ideas from several sources

Eng. I 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a controlling idea or thesis; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant information and valid inferences

Eng. II 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a thesis or controlling idea; (iv) an organizing structure appropriate to purpose, audience; and context; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) distinctions about the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas that support the thesis statement

Eng. III 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on multiple relevant perspectives and a consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources

Eng. IV 15A write an analytical essay of sufficient length that includes: (i) effective introductory and concluding paragraphs and a variety of sentence structures; (iii) a clear thesis statement or controlling idea; (iv) a clear organizational schema for conveying ideas; (ii) rhetorical devices, and transitions between paragraphs; (v) relevant and substantial evidence and well-chosen details; (vi) information on all relevant perspectives and consideration of the validity, reliability, and relevance of primary and secondary sources ; (vii) an analysis of views and information that contradict the thesis statement and the evidence presented for it

Page 136: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Fun-Size Academic Writing for Serious Learning Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 101: Supporting an Argument With Expert Knowledge

Grade Level TEKS

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Fun

-Siz

e A

cad

emic

Wri

tin

g b

y G

retc

hen

Ber

nab

ei.

TEK

S al

ign

men

t b

y G

ina

Gra

ham

. ©

20

16

A

sk s

tud

ents

to

cre

ate

a sh

ort

list

of

thin

gs t

hey

kn

ow

qu

ite

a b

it a

bo

ut.

Exp

lain

to

stu

den

t th

at

t

hey

will

wri

te a

s an

“e

xper

t” o

n o

ne

of

thes

e to

pic

s.

Stu

den

ts c

an s

har

e th

eir

lists

wit

h o

ne

a

no

ther

an

d d

iscu

ss e

ach

to

pic

bri

efly

as

a w

ay t

o h

elp

th

em d

ete

rmin

e w

hic

h o

ne

top

ic t

hey

w

ill w

rite

ab

ou

t. S

tud

ents

will

incl

ud

e p

erso

nal

exp

erie

nce

s an

d a

nec

do

tes

as a

way

to

str

engt

hen

t

hei

r p

osi

tio

n.

Writing/Writing Process. Students use elements of the writing process (planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing) to compose text.

3.17A & 4.15A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience and generating ideas through a range a strategies (e.g., brainstorming, graphic organizers, logs, journals)

5.15A, 6.14A, 7.14A & 8.14A plan a first draft by selecting a genre appropriate for conveying the intended meaning to an audience, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

Eng. I 13A, Eng. II 13A, Eng. III 13A & Eng. IV 13A plan a first draft by selecting the correct genre for conveying the intended meaning to multiple audiences, determining appropriate topics through a range a strategies (e.g., discussion, background reading, personal interests, interviews), and developing a thesis or controlling idea

3.17B & 4.15B develop drafts by categorizing ideas and organizing them into paragraphs

5.15B , 6.14B, 7.14B & 7.14B develop drafts by choosing an appropriate organizational strategy (e.g., sequence of events, cause-effect, compare-contrast) and building on ideas to create a focused, organized, and coherent piece of writing

Eng. 1 13B, Eng. II 13B, Eng. III 13B, Eng. IV 13B structure ideas in a sustained and persuasive way (e.g., using outlines, note taking, graphic organizers, lists) and develop drafts in timed and open-ended situations that include transitions and the rhetorical devices used to convey meaning

Writing/Persuasive Texts. (Grades 2-6) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to: (Grades 7-8) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write a persuasive essay to the appropriate audience that: (Courses Eng. I-II) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay to the appropriate audience that includes: (Courses Eng. III-IV) Students write persuasive texts to influence the attitudes or actions of a specific audience on specific issues. Students are expected to write an argumentative essay (e.g., evaluative essays, proposals) to the appropriate audience that includes: 3.21A & 4.19A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and use supporting details

5.19A & 6.18A write persuasive essays for appropriate audiences that establish a position and include sound reasoning, detailed and relevant evidence, and consideration of alternatives

7.18A & 8. 18A establishes a clear thesis or position

Eng. 1 16A & Eng. II 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence

Eng. III 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons supported by precise and relevant evidence, including facts, expert opinions, quotations, and/or expressions of commonly accepted beliefs

Eng. IV 16A a clear thesis or position based on logical reasons forms of with various forms of support (e.g., hard evidence, reason, common sense, cultural assumptions)

7.18B & 8.18B considers and responds to the views of others and anticipates and answers reader concerns and counter-arguments

7.18C & 8.18C includes evidence that Is logically organized to support the author’s viewpoint and that differentiates between fact and opinion

Eng. 1 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views

Eng. II 16B consideration of the whole range of information and views on the topic and accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Eng. III 16B & Eng. IV 16B accurate and honest representation of these views (i.e., in the author’s own words and not out of context)

Page 137: Fun-Size Academic Writing by Gretchen Bernabei and Judi …

Part 3. Opinion/Argument - Lesson 101: Supporting an Argument With Expert Knowledge (page 2)

Eng. I 16C & Eng. II 16C counter-arguments based on evidence to anticipate and address objections

Eng. III 16D & Eng. IV 16D information on the complete range of relevant perspectives

Eng. I 16D & Eng. II 16D an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. III 16C & Eng. IV 16C an organizing structure appropriate to the purpose, audience, and context

Eng. I 16E & Eng. II 16E analysis of the relative value of specific data, facts, and ideas

Eng. III 16E & Eng. IV 16E demonstrate consideration of the validity and reliability of all primary and secondary sources used

Eng. II 16F a range of appropriate appeals (e.g., descriptions, anecdotes, case studies, analogies, illustrations)

Eng. III 16F & Eng. IV 16F language attentively crafted to move a disinterested or opposed audience, using specific rhetorical devices to back up assertions (e.g., appeals to logic, emotions, ethical beliefs)

Eng. IV G an awareness and anticipation of audience response that is reflected in different levels of formality, style, and tone

Writing. Students write about their own experiences.

3.19A write about important personal experiences

4.17A write about important personal experiences

5.17A write a personal narrative that conveys thoughts and feelings about an experience

6.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

7.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and communicate the importance of or reasons for actions and/or consequences

8.16A write a personal narrative that has a clearly defined focus and includes reflections on decisions, actions, and/or consequences